Sei sulla pagina 1di 292

SIEBEL eBUSINESS APPLICATIONS

SIEBEL eFINANCE GUIDE

SIEBEL 2000
VERSION 6.3

60PA1-FF00-06300

JANUARY 2001
Siebel Systems, Inc., 2207 Bridgepointe Parkway, San Mateo, CA 94404
Copyright © 2001 Siebel Systems, Inc.
All rights reserved. Published 2001
Printed in the United States of America

No part of this publication may be stored in a retrieval system, transmitted, or reproduced in any way, including
but not limited to photocopy, photographic, magnetic or other record, without the prior agreement and written
permission of Siebel Systems, Inc.

The full text search capabilities of Siebel eBusiness Applications include technology used under license from
Fulcrum Technologies, Inc. and are the copyright of Fulcrum Technologies, Inc. and/or its licensors.

Siebel, the Siebel logo, TrickleSync, TSQ, Universal Agent, and other Siebel product names referenced herein
are trademarks of Siebel Systems, Inc., and may be registered in certain jurisdictions.

Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

All other product names, marks, logos, and symbols may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their
respective owners.

U.S. GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Programs, Ancillary Programs and Documentation, delivered
subject to the Department of Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement, are “commercial computer
software” as set forth in DFARS 227.7202, Commercial Computer Software and Commercial Computer Software
Documentation, and as such, any use, duplication and disclosure of the Programs, Ancillary Programs and
Documentation shall be subject to the restrictions contained in the applicable Siebel license agreement. All
other use, duplication and disclosure of the Programs, Ancillary Programs and Documentation by the U.S.
Government shall be subject to the applicable Siebel license agreement and the restrictions contained in
subsection (c) of FAR 52.227-19, Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights (June 1987), or
FAR 52.227-14, Rights in Data—General, including Alternate III (June 1987), as applicable. Contractor/licensor
is Siebel Systems, Inc., 2207 Bridgepointe Parkway, San Mateo, CA 94404.

Proprietary Information
Siebel Systems, Inc. considers information included in this documentation and
in Siebel Online Help to be Confidential Information. Your access to and use of
this Confidential Information are subject to the terms and conditions of: (1) the
applicable Siebel Systems software license agreement, which has been executed
and with which you agree to comply; and (2) the proprietary and restricted
rights notices included in this documentation.
Siebel eFinance Guide

Contents

Introduction
Who Should Use This Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro-2
How This Guide Is Organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro-3
What’s New in This Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro-3
Additional Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro-5
Contacting Siebel Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro-6
Siebel Systems Welcomes Your Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro-7

Chapter 1. Overview
About Siebel eFinance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Screens for Banking and Investments Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Siebel eFinance Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Business Relationship Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Needs Analysis and Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Call Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Mortgage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Teller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Securities and Trade Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Institutional Sales & Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Chapter 2. Companies
Companies Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Companies Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide iii


Contents

Tasks Involving Companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7


Performing a Retirement Needs Analysis for a Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Finding a Contact Associated with a Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Finding a Company Bank Customer and the Associated Account . . . . . . . .2-10
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Chapter 3. Contacts
Contacts Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Contacts Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Views Available for Performing Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Reviewing, Creating, and Managing Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Making a Product Recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Performing a Mortgage Pre-Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Calculating an Early Payoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Calculating a Loan Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Calculating a Loan Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Calculating a Monthly Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Calculating a Refinance Breakeven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Performing a General Financial Needs Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Performing a Mortgage Needs Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Finding a Bank Customer and the Associated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Investment Views and Tasks Involving Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Views Available for Performing Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Creating a Financial Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Adding a Contact to a Literature Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Setting a Contact’s Access Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Setting a Contact’s Securities Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Viewing a Contact’s Transaction History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Performing a Retirement Needs Analysis for a Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

iv Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contents

Chapter 4. Activities
Activities Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Activities Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Tasks Involving Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Adding a Finance Call Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Performing a Literature Fulfillment by Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Chapter 5. Events Calendar


Events Calendar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Events Calendar Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Tasks Involving Events Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Setting Up New Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Setting Up Event Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Filtering Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Chapter 6. Service Requests


Service Requests Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Service Requests Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Tasks Involving Service Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Recording an Extra Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Recording a Lump Sum Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Paying Off a Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Quick Paying a Monthly Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
Changing a Company’s Address or Name Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
Changing a Customer’s Address or Personal Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Recording a Customer Complaint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide v


Contents

Chapter 7. Financial Accounts


Financial Accounts Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Corporate Relationship Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Call Center Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Financial Accounts Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Investments Associated with Financial Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Tasks Involving Financial Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Finding an Individual’s Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Placing a Trade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Establishing Account Categories and Account Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Managing Financial Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Creating a Region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Associating Financial Accounts with Regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

Chapter 8. Applications
Applications Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Applications Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Tasks Involving Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Viewing and Creating Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Completing Applications Using the Next Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Assigning an Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Creating and Modifying Trailing Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Managing Mortgage Information and Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Adding, Modifying, and Deleting Guarantors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Managing Business Services Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Setting Up an Application Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Creating and Modifying a Sales Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

vi Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contents

Chapter 9. Securities
Securities Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Securities Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Tasks Involving Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Adding a Call List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Creating and Modifying Stock and Mutual Fund Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Creating Investment Portfolio Objectives and Mix Administration . . . . . . .9-10

Chapter 10. Investors


Investors Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Investors Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Tasks Involving Investors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Adding an Investor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
Displaying an Investor Organizational Chart or Coverage Team . . . . . . . . .10-7
Displaying a List of Transactions or Holdings by Investor . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8

Chapter 11. Products


Products Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
Products Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Tasks Involving Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4
Creating an Application Using the Auto Application Button . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
Creating and Modifying Needs Analysis Scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
Defining Product Scores, Fees, Rates, and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Setting Up an Application Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide vii


Contents

Chapter 12. Literature


Literature Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Literature Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5

Chapter 13. Access Exceptions


Access Exceptions Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
Access Exceptions Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Tasks Involving Access Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Viewing All Access Exceptions Across an Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Adding Access Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Setting an Access Level for a Contact or an Investor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Creating an Access Exceptions Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Viewing an Access Exception Associated with a Piece of Literature . . . . . 13-7
Viewing an Access Exception Associated with a List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Setting Access Levels for Literature and Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Chapter 14. Holdings & Interests


Holdings & Interests Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Holdings & Interests Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
Tasks Involving Holdings & Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Finding a Holding and Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Adding a Holding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
Adding an Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6

vii i Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contents

Chapter 15. WSBCC Teller


WSBCC Teller Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Installation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
Teller Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
WSBCC Teller Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7
Tasks Involving WSBCC Teller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8
Logging In to the WSBCC Teller Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-9
Viewing Account Summaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-9
Viewing Account and Transaction Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-9
Recording a Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-10
Recording a Withdrawal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-11
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-12
Adding or Modifying Views for Your Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-12
Adding Default Login Information for Auto Login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-13
Business Service Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-13
FINS IBC Login Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-14
FINS IBC Transaction Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-14
FINS IBC Transport Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-15
Connection Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-16
Using the FINS Virtual Business Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-18
Creating a New Virtual Business Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-19
Creating a Custom Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-19
Default Applet Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-20
Setting User Properties for the Virtual Business Component . . . . . . . . . . 15-21
Creating User-Defined Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-22

Chapter 16. List Management


List Management Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-2

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide ix


Contents

List Management Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3


Tasks Involving List Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-5
Marking a List as Private . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-5
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-7
Viewing All Lists and Contacts Associated with a List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-8

Chapter 17. Site Locator


Site Locator Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2
Site Locator Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-3
Tasks Involving Site Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4
Locating a Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-5

Chapter 18. Teller Drawers


Teller Drawers Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-3
Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-4
Teller Drawers Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-4
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-6
Finding a Bank Customer and the Associated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-7
Viewing Your Teller Drawer Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-11
Managing Bins and Batches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-12
Performing Customer Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-13
Placing Transaction Holds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-22
Ending a Customer Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-23
Transferring Funds Between Trays and Tellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-24
Performing a Drawer or Tray Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-25
Processing Over and Short Postings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-26
Ordering a Statement Copy and Other Service Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-27
Handling Security Bills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-29

x Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contents

Bank Manager Tasks Involving Teller Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-30


Opening a Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-30
Closing a Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-31
Running Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-32
Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-32
Creating a Bank Organization and a Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-34
Adding an Employee and Setting Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-35
Creating a Container with Default Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-39
Performing Bin and Batch Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-41
Assigning a Teller to a Cash Drawer and Setting Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-42
Creating a Holdover Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-44
Setting Transaction Override Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-45
Creating Daily Branch Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-47
Information for Configurators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-48

Index

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide xi


Contents

xii Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Introduction

Who Should Use This Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro-2

How This Guide Is Organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro-3

What’s New in This Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro-3

Additional Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro-5

Contacting Siebel Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro-6

Siebel Systems Welcomes Your Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro-7

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide I n tr o - 1


Introduction
Who Should Use This Guide

Who Should Use This Guide Intro

This guide is intended for both end users and administrators of Siebel eFinance. It
describes only those features of Siebel Financial Services that are specific to banking
and investments.

This guide should be used with Siebel Financial Services Guide, which provides
information about the larger documentation set.

Although job titles and duties at your company may differ from those listed in the
following table, the audience for this guide consists of employees in these
categories:

Bank Employees End users of the Siebel application.


Call Center Administrators Persons responsible for setting up and
maintaining a call center; duties include
designing and managing Computer Telephony
Integration (CTI), SmartScripts, and message
broadcasts.
Database Administrators Persons who administer the database system,
including data loading; system monitoring,
backup, and recovery; space allocation and
sizing; and user account management.
Investment/Securities Firm Employees End users of the Siebel application.
Marketing Administrators Persons responsible for setting up and
maintaining a marketing department; duties
include designing and managing campaigns,
product marketing information, and product
distribution lists.
Sales Representatives End users of the Siebel application.
Siebel Application Administrators Persons responsible for planning, setting up, and
maintaining Siebel applications.
Siebel Application Developers or Persons who plan, implement, and configure
Configurators Siebel applications, possibly adding new
functionality.
Siebel System Administrators Persons responsible for the whole system,
including installing, maintaining, and upgrading
Siebel applications.

In t ro - 2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Introduction
How This Guide Is Organized

How This Guide Is Organized Intro

With the exception of this Introduction and the Overview, each chapter in this guide
addresses a particular set of end-user and administrative tasks that are performed
using a particular screen in Siebel eFinance. This guide contains only information
specific to banking and investments in Siebel Financial Services. For information on
other screens, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

What’s New in This Release Intro

Table 1 lists the Siebel Financial Services features that have been enhanced,
added, or replaced in version 6.2.1 and version 6.3.

Table 1. Siebel Financial Services 6.3 Features (1 of 2)

Feature How Changed Where to Find Information

Workflow UI New in version Brief description for use in


6.2.1 some chapters’ business
scenarios; Siebel Financial
Services Guide

Using the Product Holder functionality, select and hold a Enhanced in Chapter 3, “Contacts,”
recommended product in which a customer has interest until version 6.2.1 Chapter 2, “Companies”
starting the application process

Find a contact who is a banking customer in order to perform New in version Chapter 3, “Contacts,”
a teller-related transaction 6.2.1 Chapter 2, “Companies”

Find a company contact who is a banking customer in order New in version Chapter 3, “Contacts,”
to perform a teller-related transaction 6.2.1 Chapter 2, “Companies”

Start a teller session from the Contacts and Activities screens New in version Chapter 3, “Contacts,”
6.2.1 Chapter 2, “Companies”

Bank teller drawer and branch tasks and administration New in version Chapter 18, “Teller
6.2.1 Drawers”

Provides a method for bank employees to make deposits and New in version Chapter 4, “Activities”
withdrawals using the Teller Session view 6.2.1

FINS IBC Transaction Adapter table Updated in Chapter 15, “WSBCC


version 6.2.1 Teller”

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide I n tr o - 3


Introduction
What’s New in This Release

Table 1. Siebel Financial Services 6.3 Features (2 of 2)

Feature How Changed Where to Find Information

FINS IBC Transport Manager Methods table Updated in Chapter 15, “WSBCC
version 6.2.1 Teller”

FINS IBC Transport Manager Method Arguments table Updated in Chapter 15, “WSBCC
version 6.2.1 Teller”

Connection Details to MQ Series Server Updated in Chapter 15, “WSBCC


version 6.2.1 Teller”

Siebel eBusiness Analytics provides analysis and reporting Enhanced in For more information, see
tools such as predefined reports and Power Query, which you version 6.3 Using Siebel eBusiness
can use to create custom reports. Siebel eBusiness Analytics Analytics or Siebel
also includes the Siebel eBusiness Data Warehouse. Siebel eBusiness Analytics
eBusiness Analytics was formerly packaged as the Installation and
eIntelligence features in Siebel Marketing. Administration Guide.

Siebel Marketing includes new campaign management Enhanced in For more information, see
features, which allow your company to plan, manage, and version 6.3 Using Siebel Marketing.
execute marketing campaigns across multiple customer
touch points, including phone, direct mail, Web, wireless
devices, and email. Siebel Marketing also includes the Siebel
eMarketing Home Page, which allows your company to
dynamically generate HTML Web pages based on customer
profile data. These pages can be used to create personalized
emails, Web offers, eNewsletters, and surveys.

Siebel Employee Portal gives employees access to New in version For more information, see
applications data, news, business information, productivity 6.3 Siebel Employee Portal
tools, and other critical resources in a secure, personalized Guide.
Web environment.

Siebel Messages provides a platform for all employees to New in version For more information, see
enter messages directly into the Siebel application and 6.3 Using Siebel Messages.
associate them with Companies, Opportunities, Contacts,
and Service Requests.

NOTE: Your Siebel eFinance implementation may not have all the features described
in this guide, depending on which software modules you have purchased.

For additional information on new features in this release, refer to Siebel Financial
Services Release Notes.

In t ro - 4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Introduction
Additional Documentation

Additional Documentation Intro

The following documents also provide information on the topics addressed in this
guide.

Siebel Financial Services Release Notes


Siebel Financial Services System Requirements and Supported Platforms
Siebel Workflow Guide
Siebel Tools Guide
End-to-End Installation Guide for Interoperability Between Siebel Financial Services
and IBM WebSphere Business Component Composer (formerly IBM Corepoint
Banking Solutions)
IBM WebSphere Business Component Composer Installation Guide

This guide does not provide information about general software concepts, such as
records and queries, or about using Microsoft Windows. Neither does it provide
instructions for basic navigation of Siebel applications. For this kind of information
about Siebel applications, see Siebel Basics.

Administrators and developers, such as marketing administrators, call center


administrators, and application developers, should also read Siebel Applications
Administration Guide for information on how to set up and maintain Siebel
applications features.

You can find information about Siebel Technical and Professional Services in Guide
to Siebel Global Services.

For copies of these documents, please use Siebel Books Online, which you can
access through the Global Services tab on the Siebel Systems Web site
(http://www.siebel.com). Through Siebel Books Online, you can order additional
Siebel documentation and copies of the Bookshelf for Siebel Financial Services
CD-ROM.

For the most current and accurate documentation, see the Documentation Updates
section of the Siebel SupportWeb site (http://supportweb.siebel.com). The
Document Updates show changes that have been made to the documentation since
it was released.

Another source of information is Siebel Online Help.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide I n tr o - 5


Introduction
Contacting Siebel Technical Support

Contacting Siebel Technical Support Intro

Do you know how to access Siebel Technical Support? It is crucial that you
understand the requirements for getting support before you encounter technical
issues that require Siebel Technical Support’s assistance. This will facilitate smooth
resolution of your issues. If you have questions, please don’t hesitate to contact us.

To maximize your knowledge of Siebel products and your return on investment:

 You must attend Siebel training to become a designated contact.


 Your Siebel-trained designated contacts provide technical support to your users.
Siebel Technical Support provides support directly to your designated contacts
only.

To provide efficient, timely support and access to the Technical Support knowledge
base:

 Siebel Technical Support is primarily Web-based; it can be accessed through


Siebel SupportWeb (http://supportweb.siebel.com). Please submit new service
requests to us through SupportWeb, where you can also search the knowledge
base for solutions.

 Designated contacts receive read/write access to Siebel SupportWeb. All other


project team members at your company receive read-only accounts so that they
can access the knowledge base.

To register for Siebel training, access http://www.siebel.com/education/ and


choose Siebel University. Then click Implementation Team Training.

Please submit your technical issues and updates to Siebel SupportWeb


(http://supportweb.siebel.com). If you do not have a SupportWeb account, or if
you have a question, please contact us at support@siebel.com or call your local
Siebel Support Center:

 North America: +800 214 0400 or +1 650 295 5724

 Brazil (São Paulo): +55 11 5110 0800

 UK (London): +44 800 072 6787 or +44 1784 494949

 Germany (Munich): +49 89 957 18 400

In t ro - 6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Introduction
Siebel Systems Welcomes Your Comments

 France (Paris): +44 800 072 6787 or +44 1784 494949

 Ireland (Galway): +44 800 072 6787 or +44 1784 494949

 Japan (Tokyo): 0120 606 750 (Japan domestic only),


+81 3 5469 3811 (outside of Japan)

 Singapore: +65 212 9266

Outside of local support center hours, Gold and Rollout Support Option customers
can call +1 800 214 0400 or +1 650 295 5724.

We appreciate your business and look forward to working with you.

Siebel Systems Welcomes Your Comments Intro

To help us improve our products, we want to know about any corrections or


clarifications to this guide that you would find useful. Please include in your
message:

 The title and version of the guide (very important)


 The name and version number of the Siebel application you are using
 Your name, job title or functional area, company name, phone number, and
email address

Contact us through regular mail or email at:

Siebel Systems, Inc.


Technical Publications Department
2207 Bridgepointe Parkway
San Mateo, CA 94404-5009

doc@siebel.com

We appreciate your feedback.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide I n tr o - 7


Introduction
Siebel Systems Welcomes Your Comments

In t ro - 8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Overview 1
About Siebel eFinance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Screens for Banking and Investments Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Siebel eFinance Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5


Business Relationship Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Needs Analysis and Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Call Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Mortgage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Teller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Securities and Trade Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Institutional Sales & Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 1-1


Overview
About Siebel eFinance

About Siebel eFinance 1

The Siebel eFinance application comprises the following modules, which can be
mixed and matched to meet your desired business needs.

 “Business Relationship Management” on page 1-5


 “Needs Analysis and Applications” on page 1-6
 “Call Reports” on page 1-6
 “Mortgage” on page 1-7
 “Teller” on page 1-7
 “Securities and Trade Services” on page 1-7
 “Institutional Sales & Research” on page 1-8
Siebel Financial Services provides the following functionality:

 Flexible professional management, permitting use by a range of professional


types in Banking and Insurance, including commercial bankers, investment
bankers, mutual funds and insurance representatives, managers, and
administrators

 Exceptional account management, permitting any range of account types, such


as checking, savings, and mutual funds, as well as insurance claims and policies

 Advanced, specific querying and list generation, enabling proactive product


promotion to targeted accounts and other opportunities

 Superior activity management, tightly integrated with the Calendar, promoting


streamlined call planning and call reporting

 Enterprise-wide product information at your employees’ fingertips, ensuring


consistent, accurate, and up-to-date information sharing across sales teams and
sales forces

 Support for a full customer-service center that handles Financial Services


inquiries and all other related issues

 Handling of a large number of inbound telephone calls, faxes, email, and


Internet correspondence for customer service, sales, banking and insurance
agents, and investment specialists

 Support for outbound calling for telesales, telemarketing, and meeting planning

1-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Overview
Screens for Banking and Investments Tasks

Screens for Banking and Investments Tasks 1

This guide provides instructions for typical banking and investment tasks
performed with Siebel Financial Services.

Table 1-1 lists the screens that are specific to banking and investment functionality.

Table 1-1. Siebel eFinance Screens (1 of 2)

Screen Description

Companies Create and manage information about companies, affiliated


companies, accounts, and other information associated with a
particular company.

Contacts Create and manage information about contacts and affiliated


contacts, accounts, and other information associated with a
particular contact.

Activities Create and manage activities associated with contacts and


companies. Perform banking deposits and withdrawals.

Events Calendar Create and manage activities (including filtering events by


employee, company, region, product, or any combination of these)
and share calendar information with co-workers.

List Management Create and manage lists associated with a company, opportunity,
and contact.

Service Requests Create and manage service requests for product information and all
related activities and attachments.

Financial Accounts Create and manage financial account information associated with
an individual.

Applications Create and manage applications taken from a customer or


organization to open a financial account.

Securities Create and manage securities offered by a financial institution to


financial representatives about an account holder’s securities.

Investors Create and manage information about investors and affiliated


investors, accounts, and other information associated with a
particular investor.

Holdings & Interests Create and manage holding and interest information associated
with a contact, opportunity, and company.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 1-3


Overview
Screens for Banking and Investments Tasks

Table 1-1. Siebel eFinance Screens (2 of 2)

Screen Description

Products Display current product information, including key features and


product trends.

Literature Display company- and industry-related literature cataloged by the


Siebel administrator.

Access Exceptions Create and manage access exceptions.

Site Locator Locate bank ATM machines and information about branch sites.

Teller Drawers Perform bank teller drawer tasks; this screen is used in conjunction
with the Activities screen Teller Session view and Branch Services
Administration screen. Is not associated with the WSBCC Teller
screen.

WSBCC Teller A special screen designed to integrate IBM’s WebSphere Business


Component Composer with Siebel Financial Services. Display
account summary, account/transaction detail, deposit, and
withdrawal information.

For information about other screens, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

1-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Overview
Siebel eFinance Modules

Siebel eFinance Modules 1

Siebel eFinance is built upon the Siebel eBusiness Applications Architecture,


including Siebel Sales, Siebel Service, and Siebel Call Center applications. Like all
Siebel eBusiness Applications, Siebel eFinance leverages the Siebel Data Model, the
Siebel Object Architecture, and the Siebel Application Server Architecture.

The basic features of Siebel eBusiness Applications are wholly integrated in Siebel
Financial Services. However, elements of this functionality have been modified and
extended to more efficiently address the needs of the financial services industry.
Optional modules from Siebel eBusiness Applications can be used to provide
enhanced functionality to support various business processes.

For information about the optional modules, contact your Siebel sales
representative.

Business Relationship Management 1

Siebel eFinance Business Relationship Management is targeted at financial services


professionals serving corporations and other organizations. Siebel eFinance
Business Relationship Management provides out-of-the-box functionality for the
following financial services businesses: Commercial Lending, Investment Banking
and Fee-Based Services, and Small Businesses.

Because it can be deployed across multiple lines of business, Siebel Financial


Services provides financial institutions with an enterprise relationship management
solution. The profitability of a financial institution’s client relationships depends on
the institution’s ability to sell additional products and services to existing clients.
Siebel eFinance Business Relationship Management provides the tools necessary to
accomplish this critical task by delivering comprehensive information resources to
relationship managers, product specialists, and institution executives. Features of
the application include client profiling, contact management, deal-pipeline
management, and financial account management.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 1-5


Overview
Siebel eFinance Modules

Needs Analysis and Applications 1

Siebel eFinance Needs Analysis and Applications is designed for sales personnel,
their managers, and their associates; and focuses on consumer sales management.
This module addresses the deposit, credit, investment, home banking, and
bill-payment product segments for consumers, providing sales personnel with
streamlined inbound and outbound sales processes and campaigns.

This module supports the concept of a universal application to facilitate the capture
of information required to open and establish a new product or service.

Call Reports 1

Siebel eFinance Call Reports are records of meetings and extensive conversations
with clients or other organizations and individuals. Financial institutions often
require employees to generate call reports when they meet with customers. Call
reports are used for the following purposes:

 To allow a new relationship manager to become knowledgeable about the client


and its history with the financial institution. Relationship managers prepare for
their first meeting with clients by reviewing past call reports.

 To enable senior managers and product specialists associated with a certain


client to keep up with the developments in the client relationship, even though
they don’t meet with the client on a regular basis.

 To provide a record of important informal agreements. In the event that a failed


financing transaction results in legal proceedings, these reports are an important
component of the legal process.

 In the commercial banking industry, to provide evidence that the banker is


monitoring the risk of the credit.

Siebel eFinance provides notification of new call reports to designated individuals


using Siebel Workflow.

For more information about Siebel Workflow, see Siebel Workflow Guide.

Siebel eFinance also allows report creators to lock call reports that contain sensitive
or confidential information.

1-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Overview
Siebel eFinance Modules

Mortgage 1

Siebel eFinance Mortgage is designed for mortgage loan origination. This module
helps call center, field, and branch personnel do “what if” analysis to determine the
needs of the customer, recommend the right mortgage product, pre-qualify the
customer, take the mortgage application, and manage the loan documentation. The
mortgage module consists of five of the most-often-used calculators in the mortgage
industry: Loan Amount, Monthly Payment, Loan Comparison, Refinance Break
Even, and Loan Payoff. This module also includes functionality to provide Mortgage
Product Recommendations, Mortgage Need Analyses, Mortgage Pre-qualifications,
Trailing Documents, and recording of Mortgage Underwriters.

Teller 1

Siebel eFinance Teller provides a robust data model and schema for teller
functionality; there are twenty-five pre-built views to provide full bank teller and
branch transaction and administration capability. In addition, there are six sample
views that demonstrate IBM and Siebel interoperability, including a sample deposit
and withdrawal. A financial institution can use this module to create its own user
interface configuration and, using Siebel 2000 EAI, create XML that interoperates
with IBM's WebSphere Business Components. The Teller modules integrates with
other Siebel Finance eBusiness modules and applications to provide relationship
teller capability for a modern financial institution.

Securities and Trade Services 1

Siebel eFinance also provides functionality for investment accounts that support
brokerage financial accounts and their related investment holdings. This module
records and provides information about various securities (stocks, bonds, mutual
funds, options, or unit investment trusts [UITs] that make up these holdings. A
financial institution using this module can execute trades of securities (buy and sell
orders) on behalf of its clients.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 1-7


Overview
Siebel eFinance Modules

Institutional Sales & Research 1

Siebel eFinance for Institutional Sales & Research provides a client management
system for securities firms serving institutional clients. By facilitating
communication across product groups and geographic regions, Siebel eFinance
allows client team members to leverage the entire firm’s relationships and
competencies, thus institutionalizing the client relationship.

Holdings and Interests Tracking


Siebel eFinance for Institutional Sales & Research provides institutional salespeople
with an easy-to-use tool for tracking client holdings and contact interests. Siebel
eFinance accepts feeds from third-party vendors of holdings data, and also allows
individual salespeople to import spreadsheets sent to them from clients.
Salespeople can quickly query holdings and interests data to build their day’s call
list, and then make the calls with the assistance of Siebel CTI. Activity records are
automatically generated, thus reducing data entry for the salesperson while still
maintaining accurate contact histories.

Scheduling and Events Calendar


Siebel eFinance for Institutional Sales & Research allows sales and research
professionals to quickly and easily schedule and assign activities to others in the
firm, thus allowing easy coordination of analyst calls, client meetings, and other
firm events. Additionally, all users can view and maintain a firmwide calendar to
manage events such as road shows or analyst visits. Salespeople can schedule
meetings or appointments for their clients within the events or filter all events to
view the clients specific to an employee, company, region, product, or any
combination of these variables, which allows client-team coordination across
regions and products.

Research Distribution Management


Siebel eFinance for Institutional Sales & Research provides a central repository for
firm research publications, and allows professionals to quickly fax or email research
documents to clients. Siebel eFinance automatically tracks research distribution,
allowing sales and research professionals to better understand their clients’
interests. The firm can also use Siebel eFinance to better understand the channels
through which its research is being distributed, and to manage entitlements.

1-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Companies 2
Companies Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Companies Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Tasks Involving Companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7


Performing a Retirement Needs Analysis for a Company . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Finding a Contact Associated with a Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Finding a Company Bank Customer and the Associated Account . . . . 2-10

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 2-1


Companies
Companies Overview

Companies Overview 2

The Companies screen provides a number of views that allows the user to enter and
track information about the companies with which the user’s firm does business.
The companies screen provides a host of information about current, prospective,
and inactive company clients, including profiling information and product usage
information. A user can start in the Companies screen Summary view when
attempting to understand a client and the extent of the client relationship with the
user’s financial institution. The Companies screen is directly analogous to the
Accounts screen in the Siebel eBusiness Application.

To avoid confusion with Financial Accounts, the term Companies is used for entities
typically referred to as Accounts in Siebel eBusiness Applications or previously
referred to as Clients within Siebel Financial Services Corporate Relationship
Management version 5.0.

Business Scenario 2

You can use the Companies screen and views to create a new company or to view
and modify information about existing companies. For example, if you are a banker,
you can prepare for a sales call by answering the following questions:

What business is this company in?

Who are the executives I should be calling on?

What is this company’s financial profile?

What financial accounts and products does the company already own?

What types of service issues has the company had?

All of these questions can be answered easily and quickly by accessing the My
Companies, Contacts, Financial Accounts, and Service Requests views in the
Companies screen.

2-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Companies
Business Scenario

Or if you are a call-center agent you get a call from a prospect who is interested in
opening a checking account for the prospect’s company, to find the right product
for the prospect, you access information about the company in the Companies
screen Summary view. To start performing the needs analysis to find the best

checking account for your prospect, you then click on Need Analysis Checking
on the view bar. The Company Need Analysis – Checking view appears, where you
can ask some questions to come up with several checking product
recommendations. If your prospect is particularly interested in an executive
checking account and wants to find out more about the product, you can click on
the product name to go to Product Detail view in the Product screen.

While still in Product screen, if your prospect mentions an interest in a basic deposit
product, you can select the product view to see a list of all banking products. There,
you can highlight the basic deposit product, then click the History back arrow or
Thread bar to go back to the Company Need Analysis – Checking view in the
Companies screen. In this applet, you can see that the basic deposit product is now
on the list of recommended products. You can now select any other products for
which your prospect wants to open accounts, then click the Auto Application button
on the toolbar to start the application process.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Companies screen. For more information about the Siebel Financial
Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 2-3


Companies
Companies Screen and Views

Companies Screen and Views 2

Figure 2-1 shows an example of a view in the Companies screen. In all Siebel
products, the availability of certain views and functionality can be limited according
to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see on the view bar can vary
from those shown in Figure 2-1. Generally, the Siebel administrator has
responsibility for updating user privileges.

Figure 2-1. My Companies View

NOTE: To display views that may not be visible in the view bar, use the scroll arrows
at the bottom of the list to move up and down the view listing. Some views have
arrows next to them; clicking an arrow will display a submenu of available views.

2-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Companies
Companies Screen and Views

Table 2-1 lists the views available in the Companies screen that are specific to Siebel
eFinance.

Table 2-1. Views Available from the Companies Screen (1 of 2)

View Description

Company D&B Explorer Provides the ability to navigate through Dun & Bradstreet reports
to which you have access, with hyperlinks to the details
associated with a company.
Contact Events Displays all individual appointments and meetings associated
with day-long events in which the contact is a participant.
Clicking the “parent” event navigates you to the Events Detail,
which displays all appointments/meetings for the event.

D&B Reports Displays a list of Dun & Bradstreet Reports associated with a
company.

Entitlements Displays information about the level of service that a customer is


authorized to receive, including whether or not the service is
billable.

Financial Accounts Displays information about loans, deposits, and investments


associated with a company.

Securities Displays information about securities offered by a financial


institution.

Charts  Company Analysis by Rep Charts the number of companies by representative or primary
relationship manager.

Charts  State Analysis Charts the number of companies by state.

Charts  Territory Analysis Charts the number of companies by territory.

Charts  Competitor Frequency Analysis Charts the number of relationships competitor firms have
established with companies.

Charts  Product Penetration Analysis Charts the number of products, by product name, used by
companies.

Charts  Profile Analysis Charts companies by annual revenue size and financing
methods.

Needs Analysis  Checking Displays an applet that contains the specific checking account
needs of a given company, and displays a list of
recommendations that meet these needs.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 2-5


Companies
Companies Screen and Views

Table 2-1. Views Available from the Companies Screen (2 of 2)

View Description

Needs Analysis  Convenience Products Displays an applet that contains the specific business
convenience needs of a given company, and displays a list of
recommendations that meet these needs.

Needs Analysis  Credit Displays an applet that contains the specific credit needs of a
given company, and displays a list of recommendations that meet
these needs.

Needs Analysis  Retirement Displays an applet that contains the specific business retirement
plan needs of a given company, and displays a list of
recommendations that meet these needs.

Needs Analysis  Savings Displays an applet that contains the specific savings account
needs of a given company, and displays a list of
recommendations that meet these needs.

Profile  Business Displays a concise overview of the company’s business,


products, industry, and operations.

Profile  Financial Displays a summary of the company’s financial performance and


condition.

Profile  Investors Displays a list of investment firms that have stakes in the
company, and a list of financial transactions the company has
completed.

Profile  Management Displays a list of the company’s executive management team and
board of directors, including their ownership percentages and
responsibilities.

Profile  Market Statistics Displays a summary of the company’s stock market performance
and relative valuation, if the company shares are publicly traded.

Profile  Service Providers Displays a list of professional firms and suppliers that do
business with the company.

For information about other tasks in the Companies views, see Online Help and
Siebel Financial Services Guide.

2-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Companies
Tasks Involving Companies

Tasks Involving Companies 2

The following section describes some of the most common tasks involving
companies:

 “Performing a Retirement Needs Analysis for a Company” on this page


 “Finding a Contact Associated with a Company” on page 2-10
 “Finding a Company Bank Customer and the Associated Account” on page 2-10

Performing a Retirement Needs Analysis for a Company 2

A Retirement Needs Analysis is an analysis of the specific retirement plan needs of


a given company. After entering specific details in the Company Needs Analysis
Retirement view, you can prompt the application to perform a recommendation for
the best retirement plan for a company to set up for its employees. You can then
view specific information about any of the recommended products, and if the
customer is interested, start the application process.

To create a needs analysis for a company


1 Choose Screens  Companies  My Companies.
The My Companies view appears.

2 Select a company; if the record does not exist, add it.


For more information about adding companies, see Siebel Financial Services
Guide.

3 Select Needs Analysis  Retirement on the view bar


The Company Needs Analysis Retirement view appears.

NOTE: Depending on the product your customer is interested in, you can choose
Checking, Convenience Products, Credit, or Savings from the view bar.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 2-7


Companies
Tasks Involving Companies

4 Click New in the Business Retirement form applet to initiate a new needs
analysis.

5 Complete all the necessary fields using one of the following methods.
 Ask the company representative unscripted questions, then fill in the fields.

 Follow a script to gather the company representative’s company retirement


information by performing the following:

 Click the Script(...) button in the Business Retirement form applet.

The Script Wizard appears, providing step-by-step statements and questions


to guide you through the information-gathering process.

 Click Next to follow the prompts to continue though the script.

 When you are finished asking the scripted questions, click Close.

Siebel Financial Services automatically fills in the Business Retirement form


applet fields.

You are now ready to generate a Recommendation based on the needs analysis.

To generate a recommendation based on the needs analysis


1 Click Recommend in the Business Retirement form applet to initiate a
recommendation.

One or more retirement plan recommendations appear in the Recommendation


list applet.

2 Click on a Product Name in the Recommendation list applet for additional


information about the product.

To make other changes to a needs analysis for a company


 Copy a record by selecting the record, then choosing Edit  Copy Record.
 Modify a record by selecting the record, then choosing a field and changing the
information.

 Delete a record by selecting the record, then choosing Edit  Delete Record.

2-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Companies
Tasks Involving Companies

To select a recommended product using the Apply field


You can use the Product Holder functionality to hold the recommended products for
which the customer wants to apply by selecting the Apply field in the
Recommendation form applet. This process can be likened to grocery shopping,
because while you are shopping, you hold all the groceries you want to buy in a
shopping cart until making purchases at the checkout counter. Using Siebel
Financial Services, each selected product is held until the application process
begins.

1 If necessary, return to the Recommendation list applet generated based on the


needs analysis.

2 Click to place a check mark in the Apply field to the left of each product for
which the customer wants to apply.

There’s no limit to the number of products that can be selected.

NOTE: If the customer wants to apply for more than one product (for example, a
checking account and a credit card), you can go to a different Needs Analysis
view for each product type desired, perform the needs analysis, and apply for
additional products. When you click the Auto Application button on the toolbar
to move to the Application screen, you can fill out applications for all the
selected products.

3 Step out of the record containing the checked Apply field so that the product is
added to the Application list.

4 Click the Auto Application button on the toolbar to start the application process.
The first required Application screen and view appear.

For more information about filling out applications, see Chapter 8, “Applications.”

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 2-9


Companies
Tasks Involving Companies

Finding a Contact Associated with a Company 2

You can quickly find contacts that are associated with a company by using the Find
tool. This can be especially helpful when you are a bank teller and the contact or
company is a bank customer that you need to verify before performing a bank
transaction.

To find a contact associated with a company


1 Choose Screens  Companies  My Companies.
The My Companies view appears.

2 Select a company.
3 Choose the binoculars icon from the toolbar or press CTRL+F.
The Find dialog box appears.

4 Select a value from the Find What? list in the Find dialog box, then fill in the
remaining fields.

5 Click Find.
The screen and view appear displaying records that contain the requested
information.

Finding a Company Bank Customer and the Associated Account 2

If you are a bank teller, you can use the Contact screen Teller Summary view to start
a banking session for a bank customer who is also a contact. You can also use the
information in the Teller Summary view to do some customer cross-selling. For
example, if there’s an alert in the Alerts list applet indicating the customer has been
waiting for loan rates to come down to finance an expansion, and your bank has
just lowered its loan rates, you can let the customer know about the new low rate
and set up an appointment for the customer to speak with a loan officer.

To find a company’s bank customer and the associated account


1 Choose Screens  Companies  My Companies.
The My Companies view appears.

2-10 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Companies
Tasks Involving Companies

2 Select a company from the Companies list applet, then click Contacts on the
view bar.

The Company Contacts view appears, showing contacts associated with the
company.

3 Choose a contact.
a If one Contact record appears, perform the following.
 Click the hyperlink in the Last Name field in the Contacts list applet.

The Contact Activities view appears for the selected contact.

 Click Summary on the view bar.

The Contact Summary view appears.

 You can check the Alerts list applet for customer alerts such as campaigns
for cross-selling opportunities, then click the Start Teller Session button in
the Customer form applet to start a session. See Figure 2-2 on page 2-12.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

b If no contact appears, perform one of the following:


 Create a contact, then select the contact and click the hyperlink in the Last
Name field in the Contacts list applet.

The Contact Activities view appears for the selected contact.

 Click Summary on the view bar.

The Contact Summary view appears.

 You can check the Alerts list applet for customer alerts such as campaigns
for cross-selling opportunities, then click the Start Teller Session button in
the Customer form applet to start a session. See Figure 2-2 on page 2-12.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears

 Choose Screens  Activities  Teller Sessions.


The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

Complete the Walkup Name and Identification fields in the Teller Session
form applet, then complete the transaction.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 2-11


Companies
Tasks Involving Companies

c If more than one contact appears, perform the following:


 Select the correct contact, then click the hyperlink in the Last Name field
in the Contacts list applet.

The Contact Activities view appears for the selected contact.

 Click Summary on the view bar.

The Contact Summary view appears.

 You can check the Alerts list applet for customer alerts such as campaigns
for cross-selling opportunities, then click the Start Teller Session button in
the Customer form applet to start a session. See Figure 2-2.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

Figure 2-2. Start Teller Session Button

For information on performing a teller session, see Chapter 18, “Teller


Drawers.”

2-12 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Companies
Administrative Tasks

Administrative Tasks 2

The Company Administration view in the Marketing Administration screen allows


you to view, add, and modify company information.

Figure 2-3 shows the Company Administration view in the Marketing


Administration screen.

Figure 2-3. Company Administration View

NOTE: Only those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel
administrators, can perform administrative functions in the Companies
Administration view.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 2-13


Companies
Administrative Tasks

To view company information


 Choose Screens  Marketing Administration  Companies.
The Company Administration view appears showing a list of existing Company
records.

To add company information


1 Choose Screens  Marketing Administration  Companies.
The Company Administration view appears.

2 Choose Edit  Add New Record.


3 Complete the fields in either the Companies list applet or form applet.

To make other changes to a company


 Modify a record by selecting a field and changing the information.
 Cancel all the changes you’ve made to a record before you leave that record by
choosing Edit  Undo Record.
 Delete a record by selecting the record and then choosing Edit  Delete Record.
NOTE: Deleting a company completely removes the company, as well as all
activities related to the company, from the system. If you are unsure whether the
company is still active (and therefore should not be deleted), you can remove
yourself from the company team instead of deleting the record.

2-14 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts 3
Contacts Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Contacts Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7


Views Available for Performing Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Reviewing, Creating, and Managing Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Making a Product Recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Performing a Mortgage Pre-Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Calculating an Early Payoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Calculating a Loan Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Calculating a Loan Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Calculating a Monthly Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Calculating a Refinance Breakeven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Performing a General Financial Needs Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Performing a Mortgage Needs Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Finding a Bank Customer and the Associated Account . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Investment Views and Tasks Involving Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Views Available for Performing Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Creating a Financial Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Adding a Contact to a Literature Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Setting a Contact’s Access Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Setting a Contact’s Securities Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Viewing a Contact’s Transaction History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Performing a Retirement Needs Analysis for a Contact . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-1


Contacts
Contacts Overview

Contacts Overview 3

Contacts are people with whom you do business or with whom you expect to do
business in the future; contacts can be associated with companies and
opportunities. The Contacts screen enables you to manage all the information
associated with contacts; a single contact can be associated with multiple
companies and opportunities. This flexibility enables you to manage situations in
which an alliance partner works with a number of your customers or in which a
single individual is your contact person for several sites owned by a single company.

The Contacts screen primarily represents an alternative view of data that is


available in other views, and many tasks that can be performed in the Contacts
views will more often be performed in other views. For example, you can create
activities for a contact in the Activities screen My Activities view, and you can create
opportunities for a contact in the Opportunity screen Contacts view.

Business Scenario 3

You can use the Contacts screen and views to create a new contact or to view and
modify information about existing contacts. For example, a banker can prepare for
a sales call by answering the following questions:

What company does this person work for?

What is the value of this customer’s relationship?

What is this person’s financial profile?

What financial accounts and products does the person already own? What might
they need in addition?

What types of service issues has the person had?

All of these questions can be answered easily and quickly by accessing the Contact
screen Summary view.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Contacts screen. For more information about the Siebel Financial
Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Contacts Screen and Views

Contacts Screen and Views 3

Figure 3-1 shows an example of a view in the Contacts screen. In all Siebel products,
the availability of certain views and functionality can be limited according to each
user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see on the view bar can vary from
those shown in Figure 3-1. Generally, the Siebel administrator has responsibility for
updating user privileges.

Figure 3-1. My Contacts View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-3


Contacts
Contacts Screen and Views

Table 3-1 lists the views in the Contacts screen that are specific to Siebel eFinance.

Table 3-1. Views Available from the Contacts View (1 of 3)

View Description

Summary (views) Displays a comprehensive summary of the contact’s relationship


with the financial institution. Unique summary views are
provided for various lines of business, including insurance, retail
banking, and private banking.

Assets & Liabilities Displays information about a contact’s assets and liabilities.

Events Displays information about events associated with a contact.

Financial Accounts Displays a list of a financial accounts associated with a contact.

Financial Planning Provides a method to associate a financial plan with a contact.

Holdings Displays all financial accounts and holdings associated with a


contact.

Interests Displays all the securities in which a contact has expressed


interest, as well as the type, level, and period of interest.
Institutional salespeople use this information to determine which
of their contacts need to be called based on new information or
a ratings change to a security.

Lists Provides a method to associate lists with a contact.

Lists - Enforce Provides a method to associate lists with a contact and enforce
entitlements.

Literature Distribution Displays all the literature, including research and offerings
literature, that a contact has received. Institutional salespeople,
research analysts, or investment bankers can use this
information to determine the product or industry interests of the
contact and the level of service that the contact has been
receiving.

Transaction History Displays all the financial accounts and transactions executed by
a contact. Relationship managers use this information not only
to track the amount of business being generated by a contact, but
also to detect any trading patterns that can spark ideas for sales
calls.

Underwriting Reports Displays a list of underwriting reports associated with a contact.

3-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Contacts Screen and Views

Table 3-1. Views Available from the Contacts View (2 of 3)

View Description

Product Recommendation Displays a list of mortgage products that can be suggested to a


customer. This view also displays loan rates, points, fees, and
monthly payments.

Mortgage Pre-Qualification Provides a method for pre-qualifying a contact for a mortgage.

Agent  Errors & Omissions Provides a method for associating an agent’s errors and
omissions with the agent.

Agent  NASD Registrations Provides a method for associating NASD registrations with an
agent.

Calculator  Early Payoff Provides a method for calculating a contact’s additional monthly
payment for an early payoff.

Calculator  Loan Amount Provides a method for calculating the amount of money a contact
can borrow, given a monthly payment, interest rates, and loan
term.

Calculator  Loan Comparison Provides a method for comparing different types of loans.

Calculator  Monthly Payment Provides a method for calculating a contact’s monthly payments
on a mortgage loan.

Calculator  Refinance Breakeven Provides a method for calculating whether or not it’s beneficial
for a contact to refinance a loan.

Charts  Financial Account Analysis Displays a chart of a contact’s loan, deposit, and investment
portfolios.

Charts  Job Title Analysis Displays a chart of contacts by their job titles.

Charts  Lead Status Analysis Displays a chart of all opportunities related to a contact plotted
by sales stage.

Charts  Referral Analysis Displays a chart of referrals involving the contact. The referrals
are plotted by disposition.

Charts  State Analysis Displays a chart of contacts by state.

Consumers  All Consumers Provides a list of all consumers associated with a contact.

Consumers  Consumer Activities Displays a list of all consumer activities associated with a
contact.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-5


Contacts
Contacts Screen and Views

Table 3-1. Views Available from the Contacts View (3 of 3)

View Description

Consumers  Consumer Assets Displays a list of all consumer assets associated with a contact.

Consumers  Consumer Service Requests Displays a list of all consumer service requests associated with a
contact.

Needs Analysis  Checking Provides a formula for recommending a checking account to a


contact.

Needs Analysis  Convenience Provides a formula for recommending convenience products,


such as a safe deposit box, to a contact.

Needs Analysis  Credit Provides a formula for recommending credit products to a


contact.

Needs Analysis  Investments Provides a formula for recommending asset and fund
distributions.

Needs Analysis  Mortgage Provides a formula for recommending mortgage products to a


contact.

Needs Analysis  Retirement Provides a formula for recommending a personal retirement


account to a contact.

Needs Analysis  Savings Provides a formula for recommending a savings account to a


contact.

Profile  Financial Displays a financial profile to be associated with a contact.

Profile  Investment Displays an investment profile to be associated with a contact.

Profile  Personal Displays a personal profile to be associated with a contact.

The Contacts views you see, as well as the applets displayed on some views, depend
on both your company’s license agreement with Siebel Systems, Inc., and the
permissions granted to people in your position in the company.

3-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts 3

The following sections describe some of the most common tasks involving contacts:

 “Reviewing, Creating, and Managing Contacts” on page 3-9


 “Making a Product Recommendation” on page 3-12
 “Performing a Mortgage Pre-Qualification” on page 3-13
 “Calculating an Early Payoff” on page 3-14
 “Calculating a Loan Amount” on page 3-14
 “Calculating a Loan Comparison” on page 3-15
 “Calculating a Monthly Payment” on page 3-16
 “Calculating a Refinance Breakeven” on page 3-17
 “Performing a General Financial Needs Analysis” on page 3-17
 “Performing a Mortgage Needs Analysis” on page 3-20
 “Finding a Bank Customer and the Associated Account” on page 3-22
For information on other tasks, see Siebel Financial Services Guide and Online Help.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-7


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

Views Available for Performing Tasks 3

The following views display the contacts to which you have access:

 My Contacts
 My Personal Contacts
 My Team’s Contacts
 All Contacts
 All Contacts Across Organizations
Your responsibilities determine which of these views are available to you. The
procedures in this chapter that use the My Contacts view can also be performed
using the My Team’s Contacts view, the All Contacts view, or the All Contacts
Across Organizations view.

NOTE: Only those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel
administrators, can also access contacts administration views by choosing
 
Screens Marketing Administration Contacts.

3-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

Reviewing, Creating, and Managing Contacts 3

The My Contacts view, shown in Figure 3-1 on page 3-3, the My Team’s Contacts
view, shown in Figure 3-2, the All Contacts view, and the My Personal Contacts
view, shown in Figure 3-3 on page 3-11, all enable you to review, create, and
manage contact records.

Figure 3-2. Team’s Contacts View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-9


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

As noted, the primary difference between the My Personal Contacts view and the
other Contacts views, such as My Contacts, My Team’s Contacts, and All Contacts,
is that the My Personal Contacts view is designed for contacts that are not
associated with a company. (However, adding a company to a record in the My
Personal Contacts view does not move it to the My Contacts view.) There are two
other important differences:

 You can review, create, and manage activities in the My Personal Contacts view,
which has an Activities list applet. This is needed because personal contacts are
not listed with other contacts and therefore do not appear in the other views of
the Contacts screen. Therefore, activities cannot be associated with them in the
Contact Activities view.

3-10 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

 The other Contacts views, such as My Contacts, My Team’s Contacts, and All
Contacts, have two additional fields: Receive Email Update and Access List. The
My Personal Contacts view does not have these fields because these fields apply
only to shared contacts.

Figure 3-3. My Personal Contacts View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-11


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

Making a Product Recommendation 3

You can use the Mortgage Needs Analysis Product Recommendation view to
recommend mortgage products based on the loan term that the customer specifies.
This view also displays the mortgage monthly payments, detail fees, interest rate,
and points for each recommended mortgage product.

Caution: All Siebel Financial Services calculators described provide


results intended for comparison purposes only; the accuracy of the
results is not guaranteed. Any differences from the expected results
can be due to rounding or the mathematical formula used. Contact
your Siebel administrator to modify the formula for your use.
Caution:

To recommend mortgage products for which a customer qualifies


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information on adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Choose Product Recommendation on the view bar.


The Mortgage Needs Analysis Product Recommendation view appears.

4 Right-click in the Calculator form applet and choose New Record.


5 Fill in the Loan Amount, Loan Terms, and Interest Rate fields.
The monthly payment is automatically calculated.

6 Click Recommend in the Calculator form applet.


All the mortgage products that have the same loan term as that set in the
Calculator form applet appear in the Recommendations list applet.

NOTE: For information about how to add mortgage products, see Chapter 11,
“Products.”

3-12 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

7 Select a mortgage product in the Recommendations list applet.


The loan rate and points associated with the product appear in the Rate/Points
list applet. The fees associated with the product appear in the Fees list applet.

Performing a Mortgage Pre-Qualification 3

You can use the Mortgage Pre-Qualification view to pre-qualify mortgage prospects
before starting the application process.

To perform a mortgage pre-qualification


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information on adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Choose Mortgage Pre-Qualification on the view bar.


The Mortgage Pre-Qualification view appears.

4 Click New in the Mortgage Pre-Qualification form applet.


5 Complete the Pre-Qualification Attributes fields on the left side of the Mortgage
Pre-Qualification form applet by asking the contact unscripted questions and
then filling in the fields.

Based on the values in the Pre-Qualification Attributes fields, the


Pre-Qualification Output, such as purchase price, loan amount, and closing cost,
are automatically calculated.

NOTE: If you want to use a script to gather your contact’s mortgage


pre-qualification information, first create the script using Siebel SmartScript.
After you create the script, open the Script Wizard by clicking the Script button
in the Mortgage form applet. The Script Wizard guides you through the
questions for mortgage pre-qualification. For more information about scripts,
see Siebel SmartScript Guide.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-13


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

Calculating an Early Payoff 3

You can use the Mortgage Early Payoff view to calculate the new monthly payment
for an early mortgage payoff.

To calculate an early payoff


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information on adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Select Calculator  Early Payoff on the view bar.


The Mortgage Calculator - Early Payoff view appears.

4 Click New in the Early Payoff form applet.


5 Complete the Input fields on the left side of the Early Payoff form applet by
asking the contact unscripted questions and then filling in the fields.

Based on the values in the Early Payoff form applet Input fields, the Early Payoff
Output, such as current monthly payment and extra monthly payment, are
automatically calculated.

NOTE: If you want to use a script to gather your contact’s early payoff
information, first create the script using Siebel SmartScript. After you create the
script, open the Script Wizard by clicking the Script button in the Mortgage form
applet. The Script Wizard guides you through the questions for mortgage
pre-qualification. For more information about scripts, see Siebel SmartScript
Guide.

Calculating a Loan Amount 3

You can use the Loan Amount view to calculate the amount of money a customer
can borrow, given a loan’s monthly payment, interest rate, and loan term.

3-14 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

To calculate a loan amount


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information on adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Select Calculator  Loan Amount on the view bar.


The Mortgage Calculator - Loan Amount view appears.

4 Click New in the Loan Amount form applet.


5 Complete the Input fields on the left side of the Loan Amount form applet by
asking the contact unscripted questions and then filling in the fields.

Based on the values in the Loan Amount form applet Input fields, the Loan
Amount Output, such as loan amount and purchase price are automatically
calculated.

NOTE: If you want to use a script to gather your contact’s loan amount
information, first create the script using Siebel SmartScript. After you create the
script, open the Script Wizard by clicking the Script button in the Mortgage form
applet. The Script Wizard guides you through the questions for mortgage pre-
qualification. For more information about scripts, see Siebel SmartScript Guide.

Calculating a Loan Comparison 3

You can use the Loan Comparison view to assist a customer in comparing different
types of mortgage loans.

To calculate a loan comparison


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information on adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-15


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

3 Select Mortgage Calculator - Loan Comparison on the view bar.


The Mortgage Calculator - Loan Comparison view appears.

4 Right-click in the Loan Comparison form applet, then choose New Record.
5 Fill in the fields in the Loan Comparison list applet.
The total payment and total interest paid are automatically calculated.

6 Add new records to compare the results for different types of loans.

Calculating a Monthly Payment 3

You can use the Monthly Payment view to calculate a customer’s monthly payment,
given the loan amount, interest rate, and loan term.

To calculate a monthly payment


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information on adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Select Calculator  Monthly Payment on the view bar.


The Mortgage Calculator - Monthly Payment view appears.

4 Click New in the Monthly Payment form applet.


5 Complete the Input fields on the left side of the Monthly Payment form applet
by asking the contact unscripted questions, and then filling in the fields.

Based on the values in the Monthly Payment form applet Input fields, the
Monthly Payment Output, such as monthly payment, insurance, tax, and total,
are automatically calculated.

NOTE: If you want to use a script to gather your contact’s monthly payment
amount information, first create the script using Siebel SmartScript. After you
create the script, open the Script Wizard by clicking the Script button in the
Mortgage form applet. The Script Wizard guides you through the questions for
mortgage pre-qualification. For more information about scripts, see Siebel
SmartScript Guide.

3-16 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

Calculating a Refinance Breakeven 3

You can use the Refinance Breakeven view to assist customers in deciding whether
or not to refinance their existing loans.

To calculate a refinance breakeven


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information on adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Select Calculator  Refinance Breakeven on the view bar.


The Mortgage Calculator - Refinance Breakeven view appears.

4 Click New in the Refinance Breakeven form applet.


5 Complete the Input fields on the left side of the Refinance Breakeven form applet
by asking the contact unscripted questions and then filling in the fields.

Based on the values in the Refinance Breakeven form applet Input fields, the
Refinance Breakeven Output, such as the monthly savings and number of
months to break even, are automatically calculated.

NOTE: If you want to use a script to gather your contact’s refinance breakeven
amount information, first create the script using Siebel SmartScript. After you
create the script, open the Script Wizard by clicking the Script button in the
Mortgage form applet. The Script Wizard guides you through the questions for
mortgage pre-qualification. For more information about scripts, see Siebel
SmartScript Guide.

Performing a General Financial Needs Analysis 3

You can use the Needs Analysis view to perform a financial needs analysis for a
contact.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-17


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

To perform a contact’s financial needs analysis


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information on adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Select Needs Analysis and the view appropriate to the financial product in which
your contact has interest on the view bar.

4 Click New in a product form applet; for example, the General Checking form
applet in the Customer Needs Analysis Checking view.

5 Complete all the necessary fields using one of the following methods:
 Ask the contact unscripted questions, then fill in the fields.

 Follow a script to gather your contact’s financial information by performing


the following:

 Click the Script(...) button in the product form applet.

The Script Wizard appears, providing step-by-step statements and questions


to guide you through the information-gathering process.

 Click Next to follow the prompts to continue though the script.

 When you are finished asking the scripted questions, click Close.

Siebel Financial Services automatically fills in the product fields.

NOTE: For more information about scripts, see Siebel SmartScript Guide.

You are now ready to generate a recommendation based on the needs analysis.

3-18 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

To generate a recommendation based on the needs analysis


1 Click Recommend in the appropriate form applet.
One or more product recommendations appear in the Recommendation list
applet.

2 Click on a product name for additional information about the product.


The Product Details view appears.

To select a recommended product using the Apply field


You can use the Product Holder functionality to hold the recommended products for
which the customer wants to apply by selecting the Apply field in the
Recommendation form applet. This process can be likened to grocery shopping,
because while you are shopping, you hold all the groceries you want to buy in a
shopping cart until making purchases at the checkout counter. Using Siebel
Financial Services, each selected product is held until the application process
begins.

NOTE: You can select products recommended in all Contacts screen Needs Analysis
views except the Needs Analysis  Investments view.
1 If necessary, return to the Recommendation list applet generated based on the
needs analysis.

2 Click to place a check mark in the Apply field to the left of each product for
which the customer wants to apply.

There’s no limit to the number of products that can be selected.

NOTE: If the customer wants to apply for more than one product (for example, a
checking account and a mortgage loan), you can go to a different Needs Analysis
view for each product type desired, perform the needs analysis, and apply for
additional products. When you click the Auto Application button on the toolbar
to move to the Application screen, you can fill out applications for all the
selected products.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-19


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

3 Step out of the record containing the checked Apply field so that the product is
added to the Application list.

4 Click the Auto Application button on the toolbar to start the application process.
The first required Application screen and view appear.

For more information about filling out applications, see Chapter 8, “Applications.”

Performing a Mortgage Needs Analysis 3

You can use the Mortgage Needs Analysis view to perform a mortgage needs
analysis for a contact.

To perform a contact’s mortgage needs analysis


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information on adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Select Needs Analysis  Mortgage on the view bar.


The Needs Analysis Mortgage view appears.

4 Click New in the Mortgage form applet.


5 Complete all the necessary fields using one of the following methods.
 Ask the contact unscripted questions, then fill in the fields.

 Follow a script to gather your contact’s mortgage information by performing


the following:

 Click the Script(...) button in the Mortgage form applet.

The Script Wizard appears, providing step-by-step statements and questions


to guide you through the information-gathering process.

3-20 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

 Click Next to follow the prompts to continue though the script.

 When you are finished asking the scripted questions, click Close.

Siebel Financial Services automatically fills in the Mortgage form applet


fields.

NOTE: For more information about scripts, see Siebel SmartScript Guide.

You are now ready to generate a recommendation based on the needs analysis.

To generate a recommendation based on the needs analysis


1 Click Recommend in the Mortgage form applet to initiate a recommendation.
One or more mortgage recommendations appear in the Recommendation list
applet.

2 Click on a product name for additional information about the product.


The Product Details view appears.

To select a recommended product using the Apply field


You can use the Product Holder functionality to hold the recommended products for
which the customer wants to apply by selecting the Apply field in the
Recommendation form applet. This process can be likened to grocery shopping,
because while you are shopping, you hold all the groceries you want to buy in a
shopping cart until making purchases at the checkout counter. Using Siebel
Financial Services, each selected product is held until the application process
begins.

NOTE: You can select products recommended in all Contacts screen Needs Analysis
views except the Needs Analysis  Investments view.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-21


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

1 If necessary, return to the Recommendation list applet generated based on the


needs analysis.

2 Click to place a check mark in the Apply field to the left of each product for
which the customer wants to apply.

There’s no limit to the number of products that can be selected.

NOTE: If the customer wants to apply for more than one product (for example, a
checking account and a mortgage loan), you can go to a different Needs Analysis
view for each product type desired, perform the needs analysis, and apply for
additional products. When you click the Auto Application button on the toolbar
to move to the Application screen, you can fill out applications for all the
selected products.

3 Step out of the record containing the checked Apply field so that the product is
added to the Application list.

4 Click the Auto Application button on the toolbar to start the application process.
The first required Application screen and view appear.

For more information about filling out applications, see Chapter 8, “Applications.”

Finding a Bank Customer and the Associated Account 3

You can use the Contacts screen Teller Summary view to start a banking session for
a customer who is also a contact. You can also use the information in the Teller
Summary view to do some customer cross-selling. For example, if the Teller
Summary view Alert list applet shows an alert that the customer’s certificate of
deposit (CD) is maturing, you can refer the customer to your sales department to
renew the CD. Or you may notice in the Teller Summary view Service request list
applet that the customer generally calls twice a month to request a $50 transfer from
the customer’s checking to savings account. Based on this information, you can
open a cross-sell discussion with the customer to set up an automatic transfer of
funds twice a month.

3-22 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

If the customer does not have an account and wants to perform a transaction (for
example, cash a social security check), you can handle the transaction in one of two
ways. You can create the contact, or you can go to the Activities screen Teller
Session view to start a walkup session for an anonymous contact. (See Figure 3-5
on page 3-25.)

You can use the Contacts screen Teller Summary view to start a banking session for
a customer who is a contact or a customer contact who does banking for a
company. You can also use the information in the Teller Summary view to do
customer cross-selling. For example, if a message in the Alerts list applet alerts you
that the customer has a CD that is maturing soon, you can discuss possibilities for
rolling the CD into another financial product. Then you can navigate to the Calendar
screen to create an appointment so that the customer can talk in more depth with
your branch’s New Accounts representative.

If the customer does not have an account, but wants to perform a transaction (for
example, cash a savings bond), you can handle the session in one of two ways. You
can create the contact, or you can use the Walkup Session button to go to the
Activities screen Sessions view to start a session for an anonymous contact. (See
Figure 3-5 on page 3-25.)

NOTE: After a banking session for a specified contact starts, each transaction is
entered as an activity request. All the transactions (activity requests) in one banking
session are combined to become a single service request for that session.

To find an individual bank customer and the associated account


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select the contact.


The contact record appears.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-23


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

3 Click Summary on the view bar.


The Contact Summary view appears, providing a comprehensive overview of the
customer’s relationship with a bank, including the customer’s value to the
institution. If appropriate, you can scan the Summary applets for cross-selling
opportunities. For example, your bank may be having a campaign that you can
mention.

4 Click the Start Teller Session button in the Customer form applet to start a
session. See Figure 3-4.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

Start Teller Session button

Figure 3-4. Start Teller Session Button

To start a session when the customer is not a contact


If a person who is not a bank customer wants to perform a transaction, such as cash
a social security check, you can do so in one of two ways. You can add the person
as a contact without a financial account, or you can click the Walkup Session icon
to start a session with an anonymous contact. See Figure 3-5 on page 3-25.

1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.


The My Contacts view appears.

3-24 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

2 Perform one of the following:


 Create a contact, then select the contact and click Summary on the view bar.

The Contact Summary view appears.

You can check the Alerts list applet for customer alerts such as campaigns for
cross-selling opportunities, then click the Start Teller Session button in the
Customer form applet to start a session. (See Figure 3-4 on page 3-24.)

 Click the Walkup Session icon in the Contacts list applet to start a session for
an anonymous customer. See Figure 3-5.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

3 Complete the Walkup Name and Identification fields in the Teller Session form
applet, then complete the transaction.

Walkup Session button

Figure 3-5. Walkup Session Button

To find a company’s bank customer and the associated account


1 Choose Screens  Companies  My Companies.
The My Companies view appears.

2 Select a company from the Companies list applet, then click Contacts on the
view bar.

The Company Contacts view appears, showing contacts associated with the
company.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-25


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

3 Choose a contact.
a If one Contact record appears, perform the following.
 Click the hyperlink in the Last Name field in the Contacts list applet.

The Contact Activities view appears for the selected contact.

 Click Summary on the view bar.

The Contact Summary view appears.

 You can check the Alerts list applet for customer alerts such as campaigns
for cross-selling opportunities, then click the Start Teller Session button in
the Customer form applet to start a session. (See Figure 3-4 on page 3-24.)

The Activities screen Sessions view appears

b If no contact appears, perform one of the following:


 Create a contact, then select the contact and click the hyperlink in the Last
Name field in the Contacts list applet.

The Contact Activities view appears for the selected contact.

 Click Summary on the view bar.

The Contact Summary view appears.

 You can check the Alerts list applet for customer alerts such as campaigns
for cross-selling opportunities, then click the Start Teller Session button in
the Customer form applet to start a session. (See Figure 3-4 on page 3-24.)

The Activities screen Sessions view appears

 Choose Screens  Activities  Teller Sessions.


The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

Complete the Walkup Name and Identification fields in the Teller Session
form applet, then complete the transaction.

3-26 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

c If more than one contact appears, perform the following:


 Select the correct contact, then click the hyperlink in the Last Name field
in the Contacts list applet.

The Contact Activities view appears for the selected contact.

 Click Summary on the view bar.

The Contact Summary view appears.

 You can check the Alerts list applet for customer alerts such as campaigns
for cross-selling opportunities, then click the Start Teller Session button in
the Customer form applet to start a session. (See Figure 3-4 on page 3-24.)

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

For information on performing a teller session, see Chapter 18, “Teller Drawers.”

Investment Views and Tasks Involving Contacts 3

This section describes the Contacts screen views and tasks for the investments
customer within Siebel Financial Services.

The following sections describe some of the most common tasks involving contacts:

 “Creating a Financial Plan” on page 3-28


 “Adding a Contact to a Literature Distribution” on page 3-29
 “Setting a Contact’s Access Level” on page 3-30
 “Setting a Contact’s Securities Interest” on page 3-31
 “Viewing a Contact’s Transaction History” on page 3-31
 “Performing a Retirement Needs Analysis for a Contact” on page 3-32
For information on other tasks, see Online Help.

Table 3-2 on page 3-36 lists the views in the Contacts screen.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-27


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

Views Available for Performing Tasks 3

The following views display the contacts to which you have access:

 My Contacts
 My Personal Contacts
 My Team’s Contacts
 All Contacts
 All Contacts Across Organizations
Your responsibilities determine which of these views are available to you. The
procedures in this chapter that describe using the My Contacts view can also be
performed using the following views: My Team’s Contacts, All Contacts, or All
Contacts Across Organizations.

NOTE: Only those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel
administrators, can also access Contacts administration views by choosing
 
Screens Marketing Administration Contacts.

Creating a Financial Plan 3

You can use the Financial Planning view to ask a customer questions about a
financial goal the customer wants to reach and the resources required to reach that
goal. For example, if you are a customer service agent at your financial institution’s
retirement service center, a customer may call you to find out how much is needed
for retirement. You can ask the customer some questions, and based on the
information provided, inform the customer that in order to save the $300,000
needed for a comfortable, retirement, the customer should plan on saving $1,200
each month to meet this financial goal.

To create a financial plan


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information about adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3-28 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

3 Select Financial Planning on the view bar.


The Financial Planning view appears.

4 Click New in the Details form applet.


5 Complete all the necessary fields using one of the following methods.
 Ask the contact unscripted questions, then fill in the fields.

 Follow a script to gather your contact’s financial plan information by


performing the following:

 Click the Script(...) button in the Details form applet.

The Script Wizard appears, providing step-by-step statements and questions


to guide you through the information-gathering process.

 Click Next to follow the prompts to continue though the script.

 When you are finished asking the scripted questions, click Close.

Siebel Financial Services automatically fills in the Details form applet fields.

NOTE: For more information about scripts, see Siebel SmartScript Guide.

Based on the values in the Details form applet Input fields, the Savings (future
value), Additional Funds Required, and Monthly Saving Required are
automatically calculated.

Adding a Contact to a Literature Distribution 3

The Literature Distribution view allows you to display all the literature that has been
distributed to a contact. Typically, Siebel Financial Services creates literature
distribution records when you email literature to a contact using Siebel Financial
Services. For more information about the activity of distributing literature using an
email message, see Chapter 4, “Activities.”

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-29


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

To add a contact’s literature distribution


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information about adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Select Literature Distribution on the view bar.


The Research Distribution view appears.

4 Right-click in the Literature Distribution list applet and choose New Record.
5 Complete the fields.
Fill in the Distribution Channel field to record the channel through which the
literature was distributed.

6 Right-click in the Literature list applet and choose New Record.


7 Complete the fields.
8 Add more records in the Literature list applet if multiple pieces of literature were
sent to a contact.

Setting a Contact’s Access Level 3

This function allows you to set a contact’s access level, which allows you to monitor
and enforce literature distributions to your contacts.

To set a contact’s access level


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select the contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.
For more information about adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Choose Basic or Premium in the Access Level field in the Contacts list applet.

3-30 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

Setting a Contact’s Securities Interest 3

This function allows you to record a contact’s securities interests.

To set a contact’s security interest


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select the contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.
For more information about adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Select Interests on the view bar.


The Contact Securities view appears.

4 Right-click in the Securities list applet and choose New Record.


5 Select a security; click Add to add the security symbol to the record.
6 Fill in the appropriate fields in the new record.

Viewing a Contact’s Transaction History 3

The Transaction History view allows you to display a contact’s transaction history
by financial account for all the accounts held by the contact at your organization.

To view a contact’s transaction history


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information about adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Select Transaction History on the view bar.


The Contacts Transactions view appears, displaying all the financial accounts
associated with the contact, and the transactions that took place in each
account.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-31


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

Performing a Retirement Needs Analysis for a Contact 3

A Retirement Needs Analysis is an analysis of the specific retirement plan needs of


a given contact. After entering specific details in the Contacts screen Customer
Needs Analysis Retirement view, you can prompt Siebel Financial Services to
recommend the best retirement plan for your contact.

To perform a retirement needs analysis for a contact


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact; if the contact does not exist, add it.


For more information about adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Select Needs Analysis  Retirement on the view bar.


The Customer Needs Analysis Personal Retirement view appears.

4 Click New in the Personal Retirement form applet.


5 Complete all the necessary fields using one of the following methods.
 Ask the contact unscripted questions, then fill in the fields.

 Follow a script to gather your contact’s retirement information by performing


the following:

 Click the Script(...) button in the Personal Retirement form applet.

The Script Wizard appears, providing step-by-step statements and questions


to guide you through the information-gathering process.

 Click Next to follow the prompts to continue though the script.

 When you are finished asking the scripted questions, click Close.

Siebel Financial Services automatically fills in the Personal Retirement fields.

NOTE: For more information about scripts, see Siebel SmartScript Guide.

You are now ready to generate a recommendation based on the needs analysis.

3-32 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

To generate a recommendation based on the needs analysis


1 Click Recommend in the Personal Retirement form applet.
One or more retirement plan recommendations appear in the Recommendation
list applet.

2 Click on a product name for additional information about the product.


The Product Details view appears.

To select a recommended product using the Apply field


You can use the Product Holder functionality to hold the recommended products for
which the customer wants to apply by selecting the Apply field in the
Recommendation form applet. This process can be likened to grocery shopping,
because while you are shopping, you hold all the groceries you want to buy in a
shopping cart until making purchases at the checkout counter. Using Siebel
Financial Services, each selected product is held until the application process
begins.

NOTE: You can select products recommended in all Contacts screen Needs Analysis
views except the Needs Analysis  Investments view.
1 If necessary, return to the Recommendation list applet generated based on the
needs analysis.

2 Click to place a check mark in the Apply field to the left of each product for
which the customer wants to apply.

There’s no limit to the number of products that can be selected.

NOTE: If the customer wants to apply for more than one product (for example, a
checking account and a mortgage loan), you can go to a different Needs Analysis
view for each product type desired, perform the needs analysis, and apply for
additional products. When you click the Auto Application button on the toolbar
to move to the Application screen, you can fill out applications for all the
selected products.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-33


Contacts
Banking Views and Tasks Involving Contacts

3 Step out of the record containing the checked Apply field so that the product is
added to the Application list.

4 Click the Auto Application button on the toolbar to start the application process.
The first required Application screen and view appear.

For more information about filling out applications, see Chapter 8, “Applications.”

3-34 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Administrative Tasks

Administrative Tasks 3

Figure 3-6 shows the Contact Administration view in the Marketing Administration
screen.

Figure 3-6. Contact Administration View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-35


Contacts
Administrative Tasks

Contacts Administration Views for Banking and Investments


The Marketing Administration screen contains several Contacts administration
views. Table 3-2 contains a list of the views and descriptions in the Contacts view
in the Marketing Administration screen that are associated with banking or
investments.

Those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel


administrators, can set up and modify needs analysis questions and the related
scripts, which are invoked by clicking script wizards.

Table 3-2. Marketing Administration Contacts Views

View Description

Contacts Displays a list of contacts.

Holdings Displays an account applet with details associated with accounts.

Assets/Liabilities Displays a list of assets and liabilities with a Toggle button to view
details associated with both assets and liabilities.

Investment Profile Displays an Investment Profile form applet for entering data to
create the profile, such as overall objectives, financial goals,
annual income, liquid net worth, experience, risk assessment,
knowledge levels, and income tax bracket.

To add or modify needs analysis questions in scripts


You can modify existing questions and add more questions and answers to needs
analysis scripts using a script wizard. For more information about scripts, see Siebel
SmartScript Guide.

If you add questions to a script, you need to add score values to the Product Scores
for the questions. You also need to add the questions to the appropriate BusComp.
For example, if you are modifying a checking account needs analysis script for a
contact, then you would need to add questions to the FIN NA RET Checking
BusComp. When the user clicks the Recommend button in the script wizard to
calculate the score, changes to the script are taken into account.

For more information about creating and modifying needs analysis scripts, see
Chapter 11, “Products.”

3-36 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Contacts
Administrative Tasks

To handle a needs analysis for investments


The needs analysis for investments is handled differently from the needs analysis
 
of all the other financial products. The Contacts Needs Analysis Investments
view is used by an agent to recommend to the customer a strategy for investing.
The Scores column is not exposed in the Asset Distribution and Fund Distribution
list applets in the standard Siebel Financial Services application. You can expose
this column to make the scores visible.

Investments provide an approach to understanding the customer's needs and


strategy for investing. A script is used to guide the customer through a series of
questions. The average score from the set of questions, in conjunction with the time
that the customer may need his or her money invested, drives the model and
determines the asset and fund allocation.

To add or change a portfolio objective



You can add a portfolio objective in Finance Administration Securities Objectives.
For a selected objective, the scores and percentages allocation of various asset types
and fund types can be set in the Portfolio Mix Administration view.

Several Portfolio Objectives are provided in the standard Siebel Financial Services
application. If you need to make changes to the questions, the scores calculations
can be changed in the FINS Investment NA Action business component by making
changes to the applicable fields.

You will need to make the appropriate changes in the FINS Investment NA Action
Buscomp. The Computed INV NA Score Calc field is used to calculate the average
score of the first 13 questions. The fields Score1 to Score5 are used to convert the
average score to a number divisible by four. The field Computed INV NA Score is
used to calculate the final score. You can even apply a different algorithm to
compute the scores if, for example, you wanted to add more questions or to convert
the average score to a number divisible by three or five instead of four.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3-37


Contacts
Administrative Tasks

3-38 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Activities 4
Activities Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Activities Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Tasks Involving Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5


Adding a Finance Call Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Performing a Literature Fulfillment by Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 4-1


Activities
Activities Overview

Activities Overview 4

The Siebel Financial Services Activities screen allows you to maintain a list of
activities.

Banking organizations can use the Activities screen Teller Sessions view to perform
typical customer banking transactions, such as making deposits and withdrawals.

For more information about the Activities screen, see Siebel Financial Services
Guide.

For more information about administrative tasks associated with the Activities
screen, see Siebel Applications Administration Guide.

Business Scenario 4

You can use the Activities screen and views to display the relationship of your
activities to other information in Siebel Financial Services. For example, if you are
an institutional salesperson, you can look at the interactions, which are displayed
as events, between members of your organizations and contacts at investor
organizations.

If you are a teller for a banking organization, when a customer approaches you to
make a deposit, you greet and identify the customer, then accept the customer’s
deposit slip and checks. Using Siebel Financial Services, you can review the
customer’s bank summary in the Contacts screen or Companies screen Summary
view, where additional cross-selling can be done. You can then click the Start Teller
Session button to start the transaction in the Activities screen Sessions view.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Activities screen. For more information about the Siebel Financial
Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

4-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Activities
Activities Screen and Views

Activities Screen and Views 4

Use the views in the Activities screen to enter and track information about your call
lists and events. In all Siebel products, the availability of certain views and
functionality can be limited according to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the
views you see on the view bar can vary from those shown in Figure 4-1. Generally,
the Siebel administrator has responsibility for updating user privileges.

Figure 4-1 shows an example of an Event Activities view in the Activities screen.

My Call List button

Figure 4-1. Event Activities View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 4-3


Activities
Activities Screen and Views

Table 4-1 lists the views in the Activities screen that are specific to Siebel eFinance.

Table 4-1. Views Available from the Activities Screen

View Description

My Events Displays all individual appointments and meetings associated


with day-long events in which you are an employee participant.
Clicking the “parent” event displays the Events Detail view,
which contains all appointments and meetings for the event.

My Call List Displays all calls that you intend to associate with specific
securities. This list is typically generated using the Securities
Call List view. Also, you can navigate to this view from
anywhere in Siebel Financial Services by clicking the My Call
List button on the toolbar.

Finance Call Provides a method for collecting and organizing activities


associated with finance calls.

Literature Distribution Displays all the pieces of literature associated with the activity
of sending email to a contact.

Teller Session Provides a method for a bank employee to perform banking


transactions such as deposits and withdrawals. For more
information, see Chapter 18, “Teller Drawers.”

4-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Activities
Tasks Involving Activities

Tasks Involving Activities 4

Some of the tasks associated with Activities include:

 “Adding a Finance Call Activity” on this page


 “Performing a Literature Fulfillment by Email” on this page

Adding a Finance Call Activity 4

To effectively manage your tasks, use the Activities views. For instance, you can use
the My Activities view to query on finance calls related to an activity.

To add a Finance Call activity


1 Choose Screens  Activities  Finance Call.
The Finance Call view appears.

2 In the Call Details form applet, click the arrow button in the Contact Type field
to choose the type of contact.

3 Complete the appropriate fields.

Performing a Literature Fulfillment by Email 4

Siebel Financial Services makes it quick and easy to distribute literature to your
contacts by attaching your company’s sales or investment-related literature to your
contact’s email messages.

To perform a literature fulfillment by email


1 Generate a call list.
For information about generating a call list, see Chapter 9, “Securities.”

2 Click the My Call List button in the toolbar (see Figure 4-1 on page 4-3) to

navigate to the Activities My Call List view.

The My Call List view appears.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 4-5


Activities
Tasks Involving Activities

3 Select the first record in the Activities list applet, then press F9.
The Message Properties dialog box appears.

4 Select a recipient and a message template (or none), then click OK in the
Message Properties dialog box.

A new email message appears; if you indicated a recipient, the email address of
the contact is already filled in.

5 Type text in the subject heading and body of the message.


6 Minimize the email message.
7 Select one or more pieces of literature from the Literature list applet in the My
Call List view.

8 Press F9, then click Yes to attach the piece of literature to the message.
The email message appears.

9 Click Send.
Siebel Financial Services automatically generates a Literature Distribution
activity associated with the selected contact. Also, the piece of literature that
was sent in the email message is now associated with that Literature Distribution
activity.

4-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Events Calendar 5
Events Calendar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Events Calendar Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Tasks Involving Events Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4


Setting Up New Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Setting Up Event Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Filtering Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 5-1


Events Calendar
Events Calendar Overview

Events Calendar Overview 5

The Siebel Financial Services Events Calendar screen allows a company to maintain
a companywide events calendar. Events are defined as day-long activities; within
each Event there can be multiple appointments or meetings during the day.

The Events Calendar allows relationship managers to schedule individual meetings


within one Event. Also, filters in the Events Calendar allow the manager to search
for all events related to any single employee, company, region, product, or any
combination of these variables.

For more information about the Events Calendar screen, see Siebel Financial
Services Guide.

Business Scenario 5

As a research analyst, if you plan to visit Toronto for a day-long trip to meet with
multiple investors, you would set up an “Analyst Visit to Toronto” event in the
Events Calendar screen.

Within this event, you, your boss, and your colleagues can schedule multiple
appointments or meetings for you during the day. For example, during the analyst
visit, you can book an 8:00 AM breakfast meeting with an investor, a 10:00 AM
meeting with a second investor at a different location, a 1:00 PM lunch with a
company that you cover, a 4:00 PM meeting with a third investor, and a 7:00 PM
flight home to Boston.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Events Calendar screen. For more information about the Siebel
Financial Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

5-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Events Calendar
Events Calendar Screen and Views

Events Calendar Screen and Views 5

Use the views in the Events Calendar screen (Figure 5-1) to enter and track event
information.

Figure 5-1 shows an example of an Events Calendar view in the Events Calendar
screen. In all Siebel products, the availability of certain views and functionality can
be limited according to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see on
the view bar can vary from those shown in Figure 5-1. Generally, the Siebel
administrator has responsibility for updating user privileges.

Figure 5-1. Events Calendar View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 5-3


Events Calendar
Tasks Involving Events Calendar

From the Events Calendar screen, you can find and add information about Events.

Table 5-1 lists the Events views in the Events Calendar screen that are specific to
Siebel eFinance.

Table 5-1. Views Available from the Events Calendar Screen

View Description

Calendar Provides for creation and modification of day-long events in a monthly


calendar format.

Details Displays and provides for updates to individual appointments or meetings


associated with an event.

Tasks Involving Events Calendar 5

Some of the tasks associated with the Events Calendar include:

 “Setting Up New Events” on this page


 “Setting Up Event Details” on page 5-5
 “Filtering Events” on page 5-5

Setting Up New Events 5

You can schedule a day-long event or a meeting with an employee or contact, in the
events calendar.

To set up new events


1 Choose Screens  Events Calendar  Calendar.
The Events Calendar view appears.

2 Right-click in the Monthly Calendar form applet and choose Add New Event.
The Add/Modify Event view appears.

3 Complete the fields in the Add/Modify Event form applet.

5-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Events Calendar
Tasks Involving Events Calendar

Setting Up Event Details 5

You can use the Event Details view to add specific information about an event, such
as employee and contact participants. For example, you may want to invite all
employees and stock analysts to your quarterly earnings report meeting.

To set up event details


1 Choose Screens  Events Calendar  Calendar.
The Events Calendar view appears.

2 Select the event to be modified, then right-click and choose Go To Details.


The Event Details view appears.

3 Right-click in the Event Activities list applet and choose New Record to add a
new appointment or meeting.

4 Complete the fields in the list applets.


5 Associate all the contacts expected to attend a meeting with the meeting using
the Contact Participants list applet.

6 Associate all the employees expected to attend a meeting with the meeting using
the Employee Participants list applet.

Filtering Events 5

To view all events assigned to an employee, company, region, product, or any


combination of these variables, you need to clear the existing filters and then filter
the events according to the variables that interest you.

To filter an event
1 Choose Screens  Events Calendar  Calendar.
The Events Calendar view appears.

2 To view all events assigned to an employee, clear the existing filters.


a Select the employee’s name in the Employee picklist in the Search By form
applet near the top of the calendar.

b Make sure that the remaining Search By picklist fields of Company, Region,
and Product Class are blank.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 5-5


Events Calendar
Tasks Involving Events Calendar

3 Click the employee’s name in the list.


Siebel Financial Services automatically displays the events assigned to the
specified employee.

4 To filter by other criteria, select the appropriate values from the Employee,
Company, Region, and Product Class picklists.

Siebel Financial Services automatically displays the events assigned to the


specified combination of employee, company, region, and product class.

5-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Service Requests 6
Service Requests Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Service Requests Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Tasks Involving Service Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7


Recording an Extra Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Recording a Lump Sum Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Paying Off a Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Quick Paying a Monthly Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Changing a Company’s Address or Name Information . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Changing a Customer’s Address or Personal Information . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Recording a Customer Complaint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 6-1


Service Requests
Service Requests Overview

Service Requests Overview 6

A Service Request in Siebel Financial Services acts as a container for a customer


change or an account service. This function provides an easy method for creating
an extract file that a financial institution can use to transmit data to its legacy
systems.

The Service Request functionality is used to support both inquiries of existing


requests and the creation of new requests. Agents create a service request for either
a company or a customer based upon the requirements of the person calling. After
identifying the caller and understanding the nature of the request, the agent takes
action to complete the request.

To close the loop of the customer service process, Service Requests provide status
and substatus information about the request.

Business Scenario 6

If you are responding to an inquiry call, you can proceed by creating a service
request or by viewing service requests in several other ways.

Siebel Financial Services includes links to service request records in the Customer
screen Summary view and Company screen Summary view. In responding to an
inquiry, you can view the request in the Service Request list applet provided in the
Summary view, and then select a specific service request in the list applet for
additional details.

You can also select the Service Request view from the Financial Accounts screen.
For example, if an account co-owner calls to inquire about a service request that was
created for the other co-owner, you can assist the current caller by using the Service
Request view in the Financial Accounts, because the service request is associated
with the financial account.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Service Requests screen. For more information about the Siebel
Financial Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

6-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Service Requests
Service Requests Screen and Views

Service Requests Screen and Views 6

Figure 6-1 shows an example of a view in the Service Requests screen. In all Siebel
products, the availability of certain views and functionality can be limited according
to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see on the view bar can vary
from those shown in Figure 6-1. Generally, the Siebel administrator has
responsibility for updating user privileges.

Figure 6-1. All Service Requests View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 6-3


Service Requests
Service Requests Screen and Views

This section contains information about views specific to the Siebel Financial
Services Service Request features. Table 6-1 lists the views in the Service Request
screen that are specific to Siebel eFinance.

Table 6-1. Service Request Banking Views (1 of 3)

View Descriptions

Complaints Provides a method for logging a customer’s complaint


and tracking the complaint to resolution.

Account Services  Add Payment Schedule Provides a method for scheduling bill payment for a
customer.

Account Services  Auto Payment/Saver Provides a method for adding an ACH Inter-bank
transfer either as a Payment (debit) or as an Auto
Saver (Credit) for a customer.

Account Services  Bill Pay Sign-Up Provides a method for assisting a customer signing up
for a bank’s bill pay service.

Account Services  Check Copy Request Provides a method for creating a check copy request
to be submitted to legacy systems. Multiple copy
requests can be created.

Account Services  Check Order Provides a method for creating a check order request
to be submitted to legacy systems.

Account Services  Extra Payment Provides a method for calculating the new loan term
or interest savings if a customer modifies an existing
monthly payment.

Account Services  Fee Reversal Provides a method for creating a fee reversal request
to be submitted to legacy systems. Multiple reversals
can be submitted.
Account Services  Funds Transfer Provides a method for creating an intra-bank funds
transfer request to be submitted to legacy systems.

Account Services  Lump Sum Provides a method for calculating the new monthly
payment, loan term, or interest savings if a customer
makes a lump sum payment.

Account Services  Modify Payment Schedule Provides a method for modifying a scheduled “bill
payment” for a customer.

Account Services  Payoff Status Provides a method for calculating the payoff amount
if a customer wants to pay off a loan.

6-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Service Requests
Service Requests Screen and Views

Table 6-1. Service Request Banking Views (2 of 3)

View Descriptions

Account Services  Quick Pay Provides a method for recording a check transaction
as if a customer sent the check directly.

Account Services  Statement Copy Provides a method for creating a statement copy
request to be submitted to legacy systems. Multiple
copy requests can be created.

Account Services  Stop Payment Provides a method for creating a stop payment
request to be submitted to legacy systems. Multiple
stop payment requests can be created.

Account Services  Transaction Dispute Provides a method for creating a transaction dispute
request and tracking the dispute to resolution.

Account Services  Wire Transfer Provides a method for collecting information to


submit a wire transfer to a “wire transfer desk” for a
customer.

Appeals and Grievances  Procedures and Activities Provides a method for monitoring activities and
procedures used to resolve a customer’s complaint.

Company Services  Address Maintenance Provides a method for changing the business address
for a company. This is an optional method for address
changes, because it does not update Siebel Financial
Services with the change because there are usually
audit controls in place before the change is made. This
method assumes that the bank will update Siebel
Financial Services after the host systems are changed.

Company Services  Name Information Change Provides a method for changing a business name.
This is an optional method for name information
changes, because it does not update Siebel Financial
Services with the change because there are usually
audit controls in place before the change is made.
This method assumes that the bank will update Siebel
Financial Services after the host systems are changed.

Customer Services  Address Maintenance Provides a method for changing an address for a
person. This is an optional method for address
changes, because it does not update Siebel Financial
Services with the change because there are usually
audit controls in place before the change is made.
This method assumes that the bank will update Siebel
Financial Services after the host systems are changed.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 6-5


Service Requests
Service Requests Screen and Views

Table 6-1. Service Request Banking Views (3 of 3)

View Descriptions

Customer Services  Personal Information Change Provides a method for changing personal information.
This is an optional method for information changes,
because it does not update Siebel Financial Services
with the change because there are usually audit
controls in place before the change is made. This
method assumes that the bank will update Siebel
Financial Services after the host systems are changed.
Securities Transfer  Securities In Provides a method for tracking securities being
submitted to a bank and assets transferred to a
financial institution.

Securities Transfer  Securities Out Provides a method for tracking securities transferred
out of a bank and assets transferred out of a financial
institution.

6-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Service Requests
Tasks Involving Service Requests

Tasks Involving Service Requests 6

Some of the tasks performed in the Service Requests screen include:

 “Recording an Extra Payment” on this page


 “Recording a Lump Sum Payment” on page 6-8
 “Paying Off a Loan” on page 6-9
 “Quick Paying a Monthly Payment” on page 6-10
 “Changing a Company’s Address or Name Information” on page 6-10
 “Changing a Customer’s Address or Personal Information” on page 6-11
 “Recording a Customer Complaint” on page 6-12

Caution: All Siebel Financial Services calculators described


provide results intended for comparison purposes only; the
accuracy of the results is not guaranteed. Any differences from
the expected results can be due to rounding or the mathematical
formula used. Contact your Siebel administrator to modify the
formula for your use.

Recording an Extra Payment 6

If a customer wants to change the monthly payment schedule or amount, the new
schedule or amount will affect the term of the loan. You can use the Service Request
Extra Payment view to record the new monthly payment and provide the customer
with loan information, such as the new term and interest saved.

To record an extra payment


1 Choose Screens  Service Requests  Account Services  Extra Payment.
The Service Request Extra Payment view appears.

2 Click the New button in the Service Request Detail form applet to create a new
service request.

3 Fill in the fields in the Service Request Detail form applet.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 6-7


Service Requests
Tasks Involving Service Requests

4 Click the New button in the Extra Payment form applet.


5 Select the customer’s loan account number.
The Current Loan information appears in the Current Loan form applet.

NOTE: To add customer loan accounts, see “Administrative Tasks” on page 7-10.

6 Complete all the Current Loan fields in the Extra Payment form applet.
The Repayment Amount fields in the Extra Payment form applet are
automatically calculated.

Recording a Lump Sum Payment 6

When a customer makes a lump sum payment, the customer can choose either to
reduce the amount of the monthly payment while maintaining the same term, or
continue paying the same monthly payment while reducing the term. You can use
the Service Request Lump Sum view to record the lump sum transaction and
provide the customer with the new monthly terms.

To record a lump sum payment


1 Choose Screens  Service Requests  Account Services  Lump Sum.
The Service Request Lump Sum view appears.

2 Click the New button in the Service Request Detail form applet to create a new
service request.

3 Fill in the fields in the Service Request Detail form applet.


4 Right-click to add a new record in the Lump Sums list applet.

6-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Service Requests
Tasks Involving Service Requests

5 Select the customer’s loan account number.


The Account Number, Loan Amount, Loan Term, Interest Rate, and Monthly
Payment fields for the selected account are automatically filled in.

NOTE: To add customer loan accounts, see “Administrative Tasks” on page 7-10.

6 Complete the Method of Payment, Lump Sum Payment Date, Lump Sum
Amount, and Reduce fields in the Lump Sum Detail form applet.

The remaining fields in the Lump Sum Detail form applet are automatically filled
in.

Paying Off a Loan 6

You can use the Service Request Payoff Status view to record a payoff transaction
and provide the customer with the payoff amount.

To pay off a loan


1 Choose Screens  Service Requests  Account Services  Payoff Status.
The Service Request Payoff Status view appears.

2 Click the New button in the Service Request Detail form applet to create a new
service request.

3 Fill in the fields in the Service Request Detail form applet.


4 Click New in the Payoff Status form applet.
5 Select the customer’s loan account number.
The Current Loan fields for that account are automatically filled in.

NOTE: To add customer loan accounts, see “Administrative Tasks” on page 7-10.

6 Complete the appropriate fields including # Months Paid, Payoff Date, and
Prepayment Penalty fields in the Payoff Status form applet.

The P&I Due and Total Payoff Amount fields in the Payoff Status form applet are
automatically calculated.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 6-9


Service Requests
Tasks Involving Service Requests

Quick Paying a Monthly Payment 6

To expedite a monthly payment, a customer can contact you and provide the check
information, such as the ABA number, check number, and amount. You can use the
Service Request Quick Pay view to record the check transaction as if the customer
had sent the check directly.

To quick pay a monthly payment


1 Choose Screens  Service Requests  Account Services  Quick Pay.
The Service Request Quick Pay view appears.

2 Click New in the Quick Pay form applet.


3 Complete the fields in the Quick Pay form applet.

Changing a Company’s Address or Name Information 6

The Company Services view allows you to enter customer address and name
information changes.

This is an optional method for company address or name information changes, as


it does not update Siebel Financial Services with the change because there are
usually audit controls in place before the change is made. This method assumes that
the bank will update Siebel Financial Services after the host systems are changed.

Having an optional method gives your bank the choice of updating Siebel Financial
Services and using the Siebel customer information file (CIF), or if your bank uses
its own CIF, the bank’s CIF can update Siebel Financial Services using a service
request.

To change a company’s address


1 Choose Screens  Service Requests  Company Services  Address
Maintenance.

The Organization Address Maintenance view appears.

2 Click the Address Maintenance form applet and enter the correct or changed
address information in the new address section.

6-10 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Service Requests
Tasks Involving Service Requests

To change a company’s name information


1 Choose Screens  Service Requests  Company Services  Name Information
Change.

The Organization Information Update view appears.

2 Click the Organization Information form applet and enter the updated
information.

Changing a Customer’s Address or Personal Information 6

The Customer Service view allows you to enter customer address and personal
information changes. This is an optional method for customer address or personal
information changes, as it does not update Siebel Financial Services with the
change because there are usually audit controls in place before the change is made.
This method assumes that the bank will update Siebel Financial Services after the
host systems are changed.

Having an optional method gives your bank the choice of updating Siebel Financial
Services and using the Siebel customer information file (CIF), or if your bank uses
its own CIF, the bank’s CIF can update Siebel Financial Services using a service
request.

To change a customer’s address


1 Choose Screens  Service Requests  Customer Services  Address
Maintenance.

The Service Request Address Maintenance view appears.

2 Click the Address Maintenance form applet and enter the correct or changed
address information in the new address section.

To change a customer’s personal information



1 Choose Screens Service Requests  Customer Services  Personal
Information Change.

The Service Request Personal Information view appears.

2 Click the Name Information form applet and update the personal information.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 6-11


Service Requests
Tasks Involving Service Requests

Recording a Customer Complaint 6

The Service Request Complaints view allows you to enter customer complaints.

To record a new customer complaint


1 Choose Screens  Service Requests  Complaints.
The Service Requests Complaints view appears.

2 Click the Complaints form applet and fill in the fields.

6-12 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Service Requests
Administrative Tasks

Administrative Tasks 6

This section contains information about administrative tasks you can perform in
Service Requests views in the Marketing Administration screen.

Figure 6-2 shows a sample view in the Service Requests view of the Marketing
Administration screen.

Assign button
Submit button

Figure 6-2. All Service Requests View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 6-13


Service Requests
Administrative Tasks

To add marketing administration service requests



1 Choose Screens Marketing Administration  Service Requests 
All Service Requests.

The All Service Requests view appears.

2 Choose the Service Requests list applet.


3 Right-click in the list applet, then choose New Record
A new record is added.

4 Complete the fields.

To modify, delete, copy, submit, or assign marketing administration service


requests

1 Choose Screens Marketing Administration  Service Requests 
All Service Requests.

The All Service Requests view appears.

2 Choose a service request from the Service Requests list applet.


Siebel Financial Services automatically fills in the Service Request Detail form
applet fields.

3 Modify, delete, or copy the service request fields.


4 Use the Submit and Assign buttons in the Service Request Detail form applet to
submit or assign service requests.

See Figure 6-2 on page 6-13 to locate the Submit and Assign buttons.

For more information about the Assign button, see Siebel Applications
Administration Guide. This guide contains additional information about using
the dynamic assignment functionality available for the Assign button.

6-14 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Financial Accounts 7
Financial Accounts Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2


Corporate Relationship Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Call Center Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Financial Accounts Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3


Investments Associated with Financial Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Tasks Involving Financial Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8


Finding an Individual’s Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Placing a Trade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10


Establishing Account Categories and Account Types . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Managing Financial Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Creating a Region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Associating Financial Accounts with Regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 7-1


Financial Accounts
Financial Accounts Overview

Financial Accounts Overview 7

The Financial Accounts screen is a collection of views that provides information


regarding customers’ active or inactive accounts.

Siebel Financial Services provides financial institutions with a graphical interface


that allows qualified employees to access financial account information. The
Financial Accounts screen provides a way to view loan and deposit accounts,
including the related contacts, balance history, investment holdings, and
investment transaction details. By monitoring their client financial accounts
through this format, relationship managers are better equipped to recognize
changes in their client’s portfolios and to identify new cross-selling opportunities.

Business Scenario 7

There are two primary business scenarios for the use of this screen:

 A relationship management scenario (corporate relationship managers)


 A consumer call center environment (call center agents)
You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Financial Accounts screen. For more information about the Siebel
Financial Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

Corporate Relationship Managers 7

If you are a corporate relationship manager, you can log on to Siebel Financial
Services and select your book of business portfolio to review. From the Financial
Accounts screen, you select My Accounts and then, using predefined queries, select
the set of accounts to be viewed, such as loans, deposits, or investments. By
selecting a particular financial account, you can walk through the various views in
the screen to see detailed information about the account.

7-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Financial Accounts
Financial Accounts Screen and Views

Call Center Agent 7

If you are a call center agent, you need to see a customer’s account in response to
a service inquiry. In this scenario, you begin by getting an overview of your
business customer in the Companies screen Summary view. You select the account
for which information is needed and then follow account-related hyperlinks to
review account details.

Financial Accounts Screen and Views 7

The views listed in Table 7-1 on page 7-5 are controlled by responsibility
configuration. Therefore, a corporate banker and a consumer banker do not see all
the same views, but instead see only a subset of the views listed. In all Siebel
products, the availability of certain views and functionality can be limited according
to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see on the view bar can vary
from those shown in Figure 7-1 on page 7-4. Generally, the Siebel administrator has
responsibility for updating user privileges.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 7-3


Financial Accounts
Financial Accounts Screen and Views

Figure 7-1 shows an example of a Financial Accounts view.

Figure 7-1. My Accounts View

7-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Financial Accounts
Financial Accounts Screen and Views

Table 7-1 lists the views in the Financial Accounts screen that are specific to Siebel
eFinance.

NOTE: All views except the Trades view in the Financial Accounts screen are read-
only, as the actual data resides in your financial institution’s legacy systems. Data
is either batch-loaded into Siebel Financial Services using Enterprise Integration
Manager (EIM) or queried in real time into Siebel Financial Systems using eBusiness
Application Integration (EAI) and virtual business components.

For information about EIM, see Siebel Enterprise Integration Manager


Administration Guide; for information about EIA, see Siebel eBusiness Application
Integration Guide.

Table 7-1. Views Available from the Financial Accounts Screen (1 of 2)

View Description

My Accounts Displays a list of all the financial accounts that


belong to a specific user.

My Team’s Accounts Provides a category containing all financial accounts


in which a manager’s direct report is a member of
the account team.

All Accounts Displays a list of all the financial accounts in your


organization. If you defined multiple organizations
in your implementation of Siebel Financial Services,
this view displays only the information relevant to
your organization.

All Accounts Across Organizations Displays a list of all the financial accounts across all
organizations defined in your implementation of
Siebel Financial Services.

Authorized Users Displays a list of authorized users associated with


the financial accounts and their levels of authority.

Activities Provides access to the Siebel Activities module,


which maintains information about service
activities. Agents use this module to track the work
to be done in response to a service request, to assign
and schedule activities, and to automate many of the
activities involved in running service requests.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 7-5


Financial Accounts
Financial Accounts Screen and Views

Table 7-1. Views Available from the Financial Accounts Screen (2 of 2)

View Description

Attachments Provides a method for associating attachments with


financial accounts.

Balance History Displays a monthly balance history of the account.

Investment Holdings Displays all securities holdings in an account.

Investment Transactions Displays investment account details on the fees,


commissions, and distributions, among other details,
associated with the investment transaction.

Notes Provides a method for associating notes with


financial accounts.

Account Analysis Displays a list of products and services associated


with the account and their related charges.

Service Requests Displays a list of all service requests, with details on


each request including activities, attachments, and
the type of customer service provided.

Trades Displays a list of securities trades executed by an


account and provides a method for executing a trade.

Transaction Detail Displays an item-level detail of account activity, such


as check cleared or transfers in and out.

Charts 
Deposit Portfolio Charts the number of deposits for which a user has
Analysis responsibility and provides a tool for analyzing that
list of accounts.

Charts  Loan Portfolio Analysis Charts the number of loans for which a user has
responsibility and provides a tool for analyzing that
list of accounts.

Charts  Maturing Loan Analysis Charts the number of loans by the date on which
they will mature.

7-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Financial Accounts
Financial Accounts Screen and Views

Investments Associated with Financial Accounts 7

Table 7-2 lists the views in the Financial Accounts screen that are related to
investments.

Table 7-2. Financial Accounts Views Related to Investments

View Description

My Accounts Provides a navigational method for viewing information about


investment transactions and transaction details.

Transaction Detail Provides a list of transaction details.

Investment Transactions Provides a method for viewing and entering data regarding
investment transactions and investment transaction details.

All views except the Trades view in the Financial Accounts screen are read-only, as
the actual data resides in your financial institution’s legacy systems. Data is either
batch-loaded into Siebel Financial Services using Enterprise Integration Manager
(EIM) or queried in real time into Siebel Financial Systems using eBusiness
Application Integration (EAI) and virtual business components.

For information about EIM, see Siebel Enterprise Integration Manager


Administration Guide; for information about EIA, see Siebel eBusiness Application
Integration Guide.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 7-7


Financial Accounts
Tasks Involving Financial Accounts

Tasks Involving Financial Accounts 7

Aside from being able to execute securities trades in the Trades view, end users have
read-only access to the Financial Accounts screen; therefore, end-user tasks are
limited to placing trades and viewing existing information.

Some tasks performed in the Financial Accounts screen include:

 “Finding an Individual’s Account” on this page


 “Placing a Trade” on page 7-9
For information on administrative tasks, see “Administrative Tasks” on page 7-10.

Finding an Individual’s Account 7

You can quickly find an individual’s account by using the Find tool.

To find an individual’s account


1 Choose Screens  Financial Accounts My Accounts.
The My Accounts view appears.

2 Choose the binoculars icon from the toolbar or press CTRL+F.


The Find dialog box appears.

3 Select Financial Account and complete any of the following fields: Account
Number, Account Type, Company.

4 Click Find.
The Accounts screen My Accounts view appears displaying records that contain
the requested information.

7-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Financial Accounts
Tasks Involving Financial Accounts

Placing a Trade 7

You can place securities trades using the Financial Accounts Trade Services view in
the Financial Accounts screen.

To place a trade
1 Choose Screens  Financial Account  My Accounts.
The My Accounts view appears.

2 Select an account in the Financial Accounts form applet, then click Trades on the
view bar.

The Financial Accounts Trade Services view appears.

3 Add a new record by right-clicking in the Trades list applet and choosing New
Record.

4 Complete the Action field in the Trades list applet.


The trade information appears in the form applet named for the action. For
example, if the transaction is a stock trade, Siebel Financial Services
automatically fills in the fields in the Stock Trade form applet as you complete
the fields in the Trades list applet.

5 Complete the fields in the Trades list applet and the related form applet.
6 When you are ready to place the trade, click the Submit button in the form
applet.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 7-9


Financial Accounts
Administrative Tasks

Administrative Tasks 7

The Finance Administration Financial Accounts screen allows users to view, add,
delete, and copy financial account information.

Figure 7-2 shows the All Accounts view in the Finance Administration screen.

Figure 7-2. All Accounts View

7-10 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Financial Accounts
Administrative Tasks

Some of the tasks performed in the Finance Administration Financial Accounts


screen include:

 “Establishing Account Categories and Account Types” on page 7-12


 “Creating a Region” on page 7-15
 “Associating Financial Accounts with Regions” on page 7-16

Understanding Financial Account Administration


This section provides those with the required administrative responsibilities, such
as Siebel administrators, with background information about financial accounts
that is helpful for understanding the administrative tasks described in subsequent
sections.

Siebel Financial Services provides users with a comprehensive set of information


about the financial accounts in their portfolios. To increase the relevance of the data
provided for each individual account, Siebel Financial Services dynamically
modifies certain applets to provide information that is specific to certain financial
account products. For example, for Certificates of Deposit (CDs), Siebel Financial
Services presents the user with the maturity date and the withdrawal penalty; for
loan accounts, risk-rating and payoff amounts are also displayed.

Siebel Financial Services provides two broad categories of financial accounts—


Assets and Liabilities. In addition to these two broad categories, there are five
distinctive types of asset accounts:

 Demand Deposit Accounts (DDA)


 Money Market Accounts and Savings (MMA, SAV)
 Certificates of Deposit (CD)
 Analysis Accounts
 Investment Accounts
Financial institutions can expand the account types supported by Siebel Financial
Services through the use of Siebel Tools. For more information about Siebel Tools,
see Siebel Tools Guide.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 7-11


Financial Accounts
Administrative Tasks

Each financial account is associated with only one financial product; for example,
a loan, credit card, or savings account. Each financial product is associated with an
account type; for example, a specific jumbo loan product is given the account type
of loan. Siebel Financial Services distinguishes between these types of financial
accounts, based on certain properties defined in the financial account’s product
record. Each product can be designated as an Asset or Liability product. Each
deposit product can be designated as a demand deposit account, savings account,
money market account, analysis account, investment account, or certificate of
deposit.

Examples of financial account products include business checking accounts, 180-


day certificates of deposit, market interest accounts, or revolving lines of credit. An
account held by a client is considered an instance of one of these products. For
example, a $1,000,000 loan can be an instance of the revolving line of credit
product.

NOTE: Many of the products offered by a financial institution will not be related to
either Assets or Liabilities.

Establishing Account Categories and Account Types 7

In order for the Financial Accounts screen to function properly, those with the
required responsibilities, such as Siebel administrators, must establish the Account
Category and the Account Type attributes of each financial account product.

 Account Category. The category type attribute identifies a product as either an


asset or a liability. Based on this attribute, financial accounts associated with
this product appear in either the Asset or the Liability view of the Financial
Accounts screen.

 Account Type. The Type attribute determines the set of detailed information
displayed for financial accounts associated with the product. Types include:

 Analysis Account

 Demand Deposit Accounts

 Savings and Money Market Accounts

 Certificates of Deposit

7-12 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Financial Accounts
Administrative Tasks

 Investments

 Loans

 Credit Cards

 None

Figure 7-3 shows the Product Administration view in the Marketing Administration
screen.

Figure 7-3. Product Administration View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 7-13


Financial Accounts
Administrative Tasks

To set financial account product type properties


1 Choose Screens  Marketing Administration  Products  All Products.
The Product Administration view appears.

2 Click an existing product record or add a new record by right-clicking in the


Product form applet and choosing New Record.

3 Select a Product Line in the Products form applet.


4 Select an asset type in the Category field in the Products form applet.
5 Select an account type in the Type field in the Products form applet. If the
Account type is Deposit, select one of the following five options:

 Direct Deposit Account (DDA) for demand deposit account products

 Money Market Account (MMA) and Savings Accounts (SAV) for money
market or market interest account products

 Certificate of Deposit (CD) for certificate of deposit account products

 Analysis Accounts

 Investments

For information about defining products, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

Managing Financial Accounts 7

Managing financial accounts includes the tasks listed below.

To add financial accounts


1 Choose Screens  Finance Administration  Financial Accounts  All Accounts.
The All Accounts view appears.

2 Choose Edit  Add New Record to add a new record.


3 Complete the fields in the Financial Accounts list applet.

7-14 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Financial Accounts
Administrative Tasks

To make other changes to financial accounts


 Modify a record by selecting a field and changing the information.
 Cancel all the changes you’ve made to a record before you leave that record by
choosing Edit  Undo Record.
NOTE: Business system administrators must determine which views and types of
views their users need.

Creating a Region 7

In Siebel Financial Services, financial accounts can be associated with


organizations; organizations can be internal classifications such as Marketing or
European Sales groups, or external classifications such as your company’s
customers in different industries. Some business models suggest classifying
financial accounts by organization. For example, you can create organizations for
accounts because the account holders buy different product lines from your
company. Other business models do not suggest multiple organizations. For
example, one product line and level of service may be available to all account
holders because the benefit of maintaining multiple organizations does not justify
the administrative overhead.

For many implementations, a single organization for all financial accounts is


suitable. Adapting minimal seed data is sufficient to enable user access. Account
visibility is easy to maintain and effectively restricts data visibility.

In Siebel Financial Services, a region is defined as a type of organization that


specifies the account holder’s geographic region. Those with the required
responsibilities, such as Siebel administrators, can create regions in the
Organizations view of the Application Administration screen.

To create a region
1 Choose Screens  Application Administration  Organizations 
Organizations.

The Organizations view appears.

2 Create a new record and type the name of the region in the Name field.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 7-15


Financial Accounts
Administrative Tasks

3 Select the Type field in the Organizations list applet, then click the down arrow.
A picklist appears.

NOTE: If “Type” is not in the picklist, right-click in the Organizations view and
choose Columns Displayed. Click the right-pointing double arrow on the right to
display all the columns, including the Region column.

4 Select Region.
The region is now associated with the selected organization.

Associating Financial Accounts with Regions 7

In Siebel Financial Services, a region is defined as a type of organization that


specifies the account holder’s geographic region.

To associate a financial account with a region


1 Choose Screens  Financial Administration  Financial Accounts  All
Accounts.

The All Accounts view appears.

2 Select a financial account; if the account does not exist, add it.
The financial account record appears.

3 Select the Organization field in the Financial Accounts list applet, then click the
down-facing arrow.

The Pick Organization dialog box appears.

4 Select a region from the Pick Organization list applet, then click Pick.
The selected region is now associated with the financial account.

7-16 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Applications 8
Applications Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Applications Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Tasks Involving Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7


Viewing and Creating Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Completing Applications Using the Next Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Assigning an Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Creating and Modifying Trailing Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Managing Mortgage Information and Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Adding, Modifying, and Deleting Guarantors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Managing Business Services Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14


Setting Up an Application Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Creating and Modifying a Sales Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 8-1


Applications
Applications Overview

Applications Overview 8

If you are a sales agent for your financial institution’s call center, you’ll use the
Applications screen to gather information from a customer or organization that
wants to open a financial account or obtain a loan. Then you can select the products
the customer wants and start filling out the appropriate applications.

Business Scenario 8

If you are a call-center agent for a financial institution and you get a call from a
prospective new customer, you’ll start by creating the prospect as a contact. Next
you’ll go to the Contacts screen Summary view, which displays the contact’s
financial accounts, service requests, alerts, and customer value, and begin
discussing what accounts or services the customer might want. After describing an
account or loan product to the customer and having the customer agree to open an
account or apply for a loan, you start the application process.

You can start the application from the Applications view within the same Contacts
screen, or you can bypass this step by clicking the Application button on the toolbar
to go directly to the Applications screen.

In the Contacts screen Applications view, you can create an application record, then
use hyperlinks to go to the Applications screen to select the Consumer Detail view
to apply for consumer-related products such as mortgages, the Product Detail view
to apply for finance-related products such as credit cards, or the Business Services
view to apply for business-related products such as a payroll service.

In filling out the applications, you may not need to access all the views required for
each application. For example, to apply for a deposit product like a checking or
savings account, you move through the Applicant category, then directly into the
General category where they can select every view. In contrast, to apply for a credit
card application, you move from the Applicant’s category to the Credit category to
the General category, not needing to select the ATM or Check Order views. In Siebel
eFinance, you can use the Next button to automatically move from view to view in
proper order when filling out one or more applications for a customer.

8-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Applications
Applications Screen and Views

Alternatively, if a contact calls to open an account or purchase a product that


requires you to fill out an application, from the Products screen you can speed the
application process by selecting the Auto Application button on the toolbar. Siebel
Financial Services automatically creates a new application for the contact and pre-
fills some of the application fields when you click the Auto Application button. You
can then enter the rest of the required application information.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Applications screen. For more information about the Siebel Financial
Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

Applications Screen and Views 8

Use the views in the Applications screen to enter and track information about
current customers’ applications. In all Siebel products, the availability of certain
views and functionality can be limited according to each user’s responsibilities;
therefore, the views you see on the view bar can vary from those shown in
Figure 8-1 on page 8-4. Generally, the Siebel administrator has responsibility for
updating user privileges.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 8-3


Applications
Applications Screen and Views

Figure 8-1 shows an example of a view in the Applications screen.

Figure 8-1. My Applications View

From the Applications screen, you can find and enter information about applicants
and their households. After information about an applicant has been entered in an
application record, the appropriate fields in all additional applications are
automatically filled in.

You can also access information about applications from the Applications view in
the Contacts screen and the Applications view in the Companies screen, as
described below.

8-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Applications
Applications Screen and Views

To access the Applications view from the Contacts screen


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact from the Contacts list applet.


3 Choose Applications on the view bar.
The Customer Applications view appears. To view more detailed information
about an application, click the application Name field in the Applications list
applet.

To access the Applications view from the Companies screen


1 Choose Screens  Companies  My Companies.
The My Companies view appears.

2 Select a company from the Companies list applet.


3 Choose Applications on the view bar.
The Companies view appears. To view more detailed information about an
application, click the application Name field in the Applications list applet.

Table 8-1 lists the views in the Applications screen that are specific to Siebel
eFinance.

Table 8-1. Views Available from the Applications Screen (1 of 3)

View Description

My Applications Displays a list of applications that belong to a specific agent.

My Team’s Applications Displays a list of applications that belong to a specific manager


and applications of the agents on this team.

All Applications Displays a list of all the applications in the Siebel database.

Applicant Displays information about the applicant and co-applicant, such


as address, phone number, and other identifying information.

Assessments Provides a method for assessing applications.

Correspondence Displays a list of correspondence associated with an application.

Documents Provides a method for generating documents.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 8-5


Applications
Applications Screen and Views

Table 8-1. Views Available from the Applications Screen (2 of 3)

View Description

Trailing Documents Displays a list of application-related trailing documents that a


customer needs to provide.

Activities Displays a list of activities associated with an application.

Activity Plans Displays a To Do list of activities associated with the application.

Attachments Provides a method for associating attachments with an


application.

Notes Provides a method for associating notes with an application.

Mortgage  Mortgage Detail Displays details of a mortgage application.

Mortgage  Underwriter Summary Displays a summary of applicant information to help


underwriters make decisions.

Mortgage  Mortgage Transaction Displays details of transactions in mortgage applications.

Mortgage  Disclosures Displays disclosures related to a mortgage application.

Consumer Detail  Income Sources Displays detailed income information.

Consumer Detail  Credit Information Displays detailed credit and payment information.

Consumer Detail  Residence Information Displays detailed residence information.

Consumer Detail  Financial Position Displays detailed asset and liability information.

Consumer Detail  Real Estate Displays detailed real estate information.

Consumer Detail  Disclosures Displays detailed disclosure information.

Business Detail  Financial Profile Displays detailed financial profile information.

Business Detail  Guarantors Displays detailed guarantor information.

Product Detail  Account Set Up Displays card issuance, contact statement address, and CD
details.

Product Detail  Account Services Displays information about the product, direct deposit,
electronic statement, PC banking, and overdraft protection.

Product Detail  Check Order Displays check order and order detail information.

Product Detail  Funding Displays funding sources information.

8-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Applications
Tasks Involving Applications

Table 8-1. Views Available from the Applications Screen (3 of 3)

View Description

Product Detail  Loan Terms Displays information about a loan’s collateral and loan
condition.

Business Services  Business Payroll Displays business payroll information.

Business Services  Business Tax Service Displays business tax service information.

Business Services  Merchant Card Displays merchant card information.

References  Company Reference Displays company reference information.

Tasks Involving Applications 8

Some of the tasks associated with Applications include:

 “Viewing and Creating Applications” on this page


 “Completing Applications Using the Next Button” on page 8-8
 “Assigning an Application” on page 8-11
 “Creating and Modifying Trailing Documents” on page 8-11
 “Managing Mortgage Information and Transactions” on page 8-12
 “Adding, Modifying, and Deleting Guarantors” on page 8-12
 “Managing Business Services Information” on page 8-13

Viewing and Creating Applications 8

To view an application
1 Choose Screens  Applications  My Applications.
The My Applications view appears.

2 Choose an application name from the Applications list applet.


The application details appear in the Applications form applet.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 8-7


Applications
Tasks Involving Applications

To create an application
1 Choose Screens  Applications  My Applications.
The My Applications view appears.

2 Right-click in the Applications list applet, then choose Add New Record.
3 Add one or more products to the Product field.
4 Complete the application fields.
a Choose a value from the Method field to indicate the type of application
begin created.

b Choose a value from the Stage field to indicate the status of the application.

NOTE: The values displayed in the Stage field dropdown list depend on the
application type chosen in the Method field. Only those with the required
administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel administrators, can set the
Sales Stage and Sales Method values in the Siebel Assistant Administration
screen Sales Method view. For more information, see “To create a sales
method” on page 8-18.

Completing Applications Using the Next Button 8

When filling out multiple applications for a single customer, after the fields have
been completed in the first Applications view, you can complete any additional
views needed to fill out your customer’s applications by clicking the Next button in
the Applications view instead of selecting an additional view from the view bar.
Based on the views that have been set up for each specific application (for example,
bank account application or mortgage loan application), Siebel Financial Services
automatically navigates to the views you need to fill in. If you need to fill in more
than one application for a single customer, the Next Button functionality ensures
that you won’t have to fill out the same view more than once, even if the same view
appears in several applications. For more information on creating multiple
applications from performing needs analyses, see Chapter 3, “Contacts,” and
Chapter 11, “Products.”

8-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Applications
Tasks Involving Applications

Figure 8-2 shows the Next and Assign buttons in the My Applications view.

Assign button
Next button

Figure 8-2. The Next and Assign Buttons in the My Applications View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 8-9


Applications
Tasks Involving Applications

To complete an application using the Next button


1 Complete the appropriate fields in the Applications view.
2 Click the Next button in the Applications form applet.
The next application view appears with the uncompleted fields required for your
customer’s application.

NOTE: To go back to a previous view in the application sequence, select the view
from the History List button or click the Back arrow.

3 Fill out the fields in the current view, then click the Next button in the
Applications form applet.

The next application view appears with the fields required for your customer’s
application.

4 Continue filling in application views and clicking the Next button in the
Applications form applet.

When all the required application views are completed, you will get the
following message when you click the Next button: “You have reached the end
of the application.”

NOTE: Only those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel
administrators, can set up the Next Button Application Workflow. For more
information, see “Administrative Tasks” on page 8-14.

8-10 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Applications
Tasks Involving Applications

Assigning an Application 8

To assign an application
1 Choose Screens  Applications  My Applications.
The My Applications view appears.

2 Choose an application name from the Applications list applet.


The application details appear in the Applications form applet.

3 Use the Assign button in the Applications form applet to assign an application.
For more information about the Assign button, see Siebel Applications
Administration Guide. This guide contains additional information about using
the dynamic assignment functionality available for the Assign button.

Creating and Modifying Trailing Documents 8

Some applications such as mortgages require extensive documentation from the


applicants. You can use the Trailing Documents view to track documents to be
provided by the applicants. After you set the target date for a trailing document,
Siebel Finance Services, with the help of workflow, creates activities to remind you
to call the applicant to provide the necessary document, expediting the approval
process.

NOTE: For more information on setting up a workflow, see Siebel Workflow Guide.

To create or modify trailing document records


1 Choose Screens  Applications  My Applications.
The My Applications view appears.

2 Choose an application name from the Applications list applet.


The application details appear in the Applications form applet.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 8-11


Applications
Tasks Involving Applications

3 Choose Trailing Documents on the view bar.


The Mortgage Trailing Document view appears.

4 Complete the trailing document fields.

Managing Mortgage Information and Transactions 8

You can use the appropriate fields in the Applications screen Mortgage views listed
in Table 8-2 to add, modify, copy, or delete mortgage application information.

Table 8-2. Mortgage Views Available from the Applications Screen

View Description

Mortgage Detail Provides a way to record mortgage-related information needed


to complete the 1003 mortgage application form, including
information for refinance and construction loans.

Underwriter Summary Provides a way to help you underwrite a loan by summarizing


applicant and co-applicant financial information, such as debt,
income, and credit score. Based on information in this and other
views in the application, you can decide to approve or deny the
loan. You can also add information to the Comments and
Exceptions fields by clicking the ellipsis [...] button in the
Decision form applet.

Mortgage Transaction Provides the details about a mortgage transaction, including the
loan type, term, monthly payment, a breakdown of the loan
costs, and related fees.

Disclosures Provides mortgage disclosure questions that a mortgage


applicant is required to answer on the 1003 mortgage application
form.

Adding, Modifying, and Deleting Guarantors 8

You can use the Guarantors view to collect data about the guarantors for a financial
account.

8-12 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Applications
Tasks Involving Applications

To create guarantors
1 Choose Screens  Applications  My Applications.
The My Applications view appears.

2 Choose an application name from the Applications list applet.


3 Choose Business Detail  Guarantors on the view bar.
The Application Guarantors view appears.

4 Right-click in the Guarantors list applet, then add a guarantor.


5 Click Add.

Managing Business Services Information 8

You can use the appropriate fields in the Business Services views in the Applications
screen listed in Table 8-3 to add, modify, copy, or delete financial information
related to an application for a small-business product.

Table 8-3. Business Services Views Available from the Applications Screen

View Description

Business Payroll Provides a way for you to record the details of a small business
payroll product application.

Business Tax Service Provides a way for you to record the details of a small business
tax service product application.

Merchant Card Provides a way for you to record the details of a small business
merchant card product application; for example, if your business
wants to accept credit cards for payment.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 8-13


Applications
Administrative Tasks

Administrative Tasks 8

Administrative tasks for applications take place in different screens depending on


the task being performed.

Setting Up an Application Workflow 8

The purpose of the Next button is to help an agent navigate to the next view when
filling out an application in Siebel Financial Services. The application view order
varies from product to product; therefore, you will need to set up the view order for
every product for which your agents will fill out applications. As Administrator, you
set up the view order using the View Order Administration view in the Marketing
Administration screen. See Figure 8-3 on page 8-15.

The view order determines the next view the agent will see when filling out one or
more applications for a customer in a single session. For instance, the view order of
a basic checking application is the following views in the following order:
Applicant, Income Sources, Check Order, and Funding. If the agent manually starts
in the Income Sources view, then clicks the Next button, the next view to appear
will be the Check Order view. The Application view sequence for the checking
application process will then follow the sequence for basic checking that was set in
the View Order Administration view. See Figure 8-3 on page 8-15.

8-14 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Applications
Administrative Tasks

Figure 8-3 shows the View Order Administration view in the Marketing

Administration Products screen.

Figure 8-3. View Order Administration View

To set up an application workflow


1 Choose Screens  Marketing Administration  Products  Application
Workflow.

The View Order Administration view appears.

2 Choose a record in the Products list applet.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 8-15


Applications
Administrative Tasks

3 Add the first view by clicking in the View Order list applet, then choose Edit 
Add New Record.

The Add View Order dialog box appears.

4 Select a View name, then click Add.


The view name appears in the View Order list applet.

5 To change the view order of a View, change the Sequence Number in the View
Order list applet.

6 Continue adding all the views the agent needs to complete the application.

8-16 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Applications
Administrative Tasks

Creating and Modifying a Sales Method 8

Figure 8-4 shows the Sales Method Administration view in the Siebel Assistant
Administration screen.

Figure 8-4. Sales Method Administration View

Sales methods consist of various stages from start to finish. Depending on the
specific sales method, the stages can differ.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 8-17


Applications
Administrative Tasks

To create a sales method


1 Choose Screens  Siebel Assistant Administration  Sales Method.
The Sales Method Administration view appears.

2 Add a new record and complete the field in the Sales Methods list applet.
The new sales method is added.

To add sales stages to a sales method


1 Choose Screens  Siebel Assistant Administration  Sales Method.
The Sales Method Administration view appears.

2 Choose a sales method in the Sales Method list applet.


3 Add a new record and complete the field in the Sales Stages list applet to add a
stage to the selected sales method.

The sales method has an associated sales stage.

4 Add a new record for each sales stage in the sales method.

8-18 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Securities 9
Securities Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Securities Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

Tasks Involving Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6


Adding a Call List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8


Creating and Modifying Stock and Mutual Fund Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Creating Investment Portfolio Objectives and Mix Administration . . . . . . .9-10

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 9-1


Securities
Securities Overview

Securities Overview 9

The Securities screen provides information about securities offered by a financial


institution, and also provides information to financial representatives about
customers’ securities investments. The investments can include the following:

 Stocks
 Bonds
 Mutual Funds
 Options
 Unit Investment Trusts (UITs)
You can use the views in the Securities screen to capture specific details about each
investment, such as the following:

 Basic Security Information


 Security-Issuer Company Fundamentals
 Market Data
 Literature, including Research
 News
Securities information assists agents in searching for a type of investment that
would satisfy a customer’s specific requirements and providing details on specific
investments. You can use the Securities screen to determine the contacts and
investors who have either expressed an interest in a specific security or are currently
holding that security in their portfolio. Also, an agent can use the Call List view to
generate a call list, which is a list of targeted calls to be associated with one or more
securities.

9-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Securities
Business Scenario

Business Scenario 9

If you are an agent discussing investment strategies with a customer, you can use
the Investments subview within the Needs Analysis view in the Contacts screen to
capture eight major categories of investment objectives in order to understand the
customer’s investment profile.

This view prompts you to ask the customer 12 questions in a more formal and
detailed approach to gathering the investment objectives. The answers to the
questions are weighted and totaled, providing the customer’s product score, which
is divided by the amount of time that the customer thinks the money will be
invested. You can then run a query to provide a recommendation for the
investment’s asset allocation and fund distribution. Finally, you can hyperlink to a
specific category or type of investment in the Securities screen for detailed
information about the investment.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Securities screen. For more information about the Siebel Financial
Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 9-3


Securities
Securities Screen and Views

Securities Screen and Views 9

Figure 9-1 shows the All Securities view in the Securities screen. In all Siebel
products, the availability of certain views and functionality can be limited according
to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see on the view bar can vary
from those shown in Figure 9-1. Generally, the Siebel administrator has
responsibility for updating user privileges.

Figure 9-1. All Securities View

9-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Securities
Securities Screen and Views

Table 9-1 lists the views in the Securities screen that are specific to Siebel eFinance.

Table 9-1. Views Available from the Securities Screen

View Description

All Securities Read only. Displays a list of all the securities in your
organization. If you defined multiple organizations
in your implementation of Siebel Financial Services,
this view displays only the information relevant to
your organization.

All Securities Across Organizations Read only. Displays a list of all securities across all
organizations defined in your implementation of
Siebel Financial Services.

Call List Provides a method for you to make a call list of


contacts who have expressed an interest in a
specific security or who are holding one or more
securities in their portfolio. You may need to
generate one or more call lists during the day as you
identify particular securities of interest; for example,
due to an earnings announcement or ratings
change.

Holdings and Interests Read only. Displays all the investors who are
holding a specific security in their portfolio and all
contacts who have expressed an interest in that
security.

Mutual Funds  Holdings Read only. Displays the portfolio holdings of a


mutual fund.

Mutual Funds  Management Read only. Displays a mutual fund’s management,


fees and loads, and investment objectives.

Literature/News  Literature Read only. Displays a list of literature associated


with a security.

Literature/News  News Read only. Displays a Siebel Financial Services


Briefing Report about news items associated with a
security.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 9-5


Securities
Tasks Involving Securities

Tasks Involving Securities 9

You are limited to read-only capability for all Securities screen views except the Call
List view, where you can create securities-related call lists. Enterprise Integration
Manager (EIM) imports the data displayed in the Securities views in real time
through a client’s integration efforts.

Also, those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel


administrators, can manually add or edit records of securities using administrative
functions described in “Administrative Tasks” on page 9-8.

For information about EIM, see Siebel Enterprise Integration Manager


Administration Guide.

One of the tasks associated with Securities is “Adding a Call List.”

Adding a Call List 9

You can use the Call List view in the Securities screen to create a call list.

To add a call list


1 Choose Screens  Securities  All Securities.
The All Securities view appears.

2 Select a security, then select Call List on the view bar.


The Security Call List view appears.

3 Select a contact in the Contacts list applet.


4 Click the Call field in the Contacts list applet to add the contact to the call list.
You can add more than one contact by selecting additional contacts and clicking
the Call field for each one.

5 Click the Add button in the Contacts list applet.


A call list is generated and a call list activity record appears in the Call List list
applet.

9-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Securities
Tasks Involving Securities

6 To add an Interested Contact to the call list, select a contact in the Interested
Contacts list applet.

7 Click the Call field in the Interested Contacts list applet to add the contact to the
call list.

You can add more than one contact by selecting additional contacts and clicking
the call column for each one.

8 Click the Add button in the Interested Contacts list applet.


A call list is generated, and a call list activity record appears in the Call List list
applet.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 9-7


Securities
Administrative Tasks

Administrative Tasks 9

Figure 9-2 shows the All Securities view in the Finance Administration screen.

Figure 9-2. All Securities View

9-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Securities
Administrative Tasks

Creating and Modifying Stock and Mutual Fund Records 9

You can add or modify stock and mutual fund records for your organization in the
Finance Administration screen All Securities view.

To add a new stock entry


1 Choose Screens  Finance Administration  Securities  All Securities.
The All Securities view appears.

2 Right-click in the Securities list applet, then choose New Record.


3 Complete the Security Details form applet.
4 Choose Stock in the Product Class field.
5 Complete the fields in the Securities list applet or Security Details form applet.

To edit mutual fund management information


1 Choose Screens  Finance Administration  Securities  Fund Management.
The Mutual Fund Management view appears.

2 Choose a record in the Management form applet.


3 Modify the record’s management fields.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 9-9


Securities
Administrative Tasks

Creating Investment Portfolio Objectives and Mix Administration 9

You can add or modify portfolio objectives as well as create asset and fund portfolio
mix schemes in the Finance Administration screen Securities views.

Figure 9-3 shows the Portfolio Investment Objectives view in the Finance

Administration Securities screen.

Figure 9-3. Portfolio Investment Objective View

9-10 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Securities
Administrative Tasks

To create an investment objective


1 Choose Screens  Finance Administration  Securities  Objectives.
The Portfolio Investment Objectives view appears.

2 Add a new record to the Portfolio Investment Objective list applet and complete
the fields.

A new portfolio objective is added.

To perform portfolio mix administration


1 Choose Screens  Finance Administration  Securities  Objectives
The Portfolio Investment Objectives view appears.

2 Select a portfolio investment objective from the Portfolio Investment Objective


list applet.

3 Choose Portfolio Mix Administration on the view bar.


The Investment Portfolio Objective view appears containing the selected
portfolio investment object.

4 Add a new record to the Asset Recommendation list applet or form applet and
complete the fields.

5 Add a new record to the Fund Recommendation list applet or form applet and
complete the fields.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 9-11


Securities
Administrative Tasks

9-12 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Investors 10
Investors Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Investors Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Tasks Involving Investors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6


Adding an Investor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
Displaying an Investor Organizational Chart or Coverage Team . . . . 10-7
Displaying a List of Transactions or Holdings by Investor . . . . . . . . . 10-8

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 10-1


Investors
Investors Overview

Investors Overview 10

In Siebel Financial Services, investors are financial organizations, such as mutual


fund or money management institutions; investors are not contacts.

The Investors screen provides information about investors, including investors’


preferences, holdings, and transactions.

Investor information is critical to both investment bankers and commercial bankers.


Investment bankers rely on their knowledge of investors to complete transactions
for their corporate finance clients. Commercial bankers often evaluate the strength
and track record of investment groups when making credit decisions. Both types of
bankers rely on investors in their professional networks as important sources of
high-quality opportunity leads.

Business Scenario 10

If you are a research analyst for a sell-side institutional firm, you can rely on the
Profile view in the Investors screen and the Holding view in the Holdings screen to
decide what research literature would be relevant to your customers. For example,
if a customer's profile suggests a conservative stance and includes significant cash
on hand, you might propose various secured fixed income instruments.
Alternatively, if you see numerous high technology securities in a customer's
holdings, you might propose a much different set of investment options.

Research analysts and salespeople at your institution distribute your firm’s research
to investors, which can be tracked using the Literature Distribution view of the
Activities screen. This, in turn, can lead to trading opportunities and commission
dollars for the trading desks.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Investors screen. For more information about the Siebel Financial
Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

10-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Investors
Investors Screen and Views

Investors Screen and Views 10

Figure 10-1 shows an example of a view in the Investors screen. In all Siebel
Financial Services products, the availability of certain views and functionality can
be limited according to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see on
the view bar can vary from those shown in Figure 10-1. Generally, the Siebel
administrator has responsibility for updating user privileges.

Figure 10-1. My Investors Views

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 10-3


Investors
Investors Screen and Views

Table 10-1 lists the views in the Investors screen that are specific to Siebel eFinance.

Table 10-1. Views Available from the Investors Screen (1 of 2)

View Description

My Investors Displays a list of investors that are assigned to a


specific user, and includes investment preferences.

My Team’s Investors Displays a list of a manager’s direct reports who are


members of the investor team for an investor.

All Investors Displays a list of all the investors in your


organization. If you defined multiple organizations in
your implementation of Siebel Financial Services, this
view displays only the information relevant to your
organization.

All Investors Across Organizations Provides a list of all the investors across all
organizations defined in your implementation of
Siebel Financial Services.

Alerts Displays all the alerts associated with a selected


investor.

Categories Displays all the categories associated with the


investor.

Competitors Displays all the competitors who are competing for


the investor’s business.

Contact Events Displays all individual appointments and meetings


associated with day-long events in which the investor
is a participant. Clicking on the “parent” event
displays the events detail, which contains all
appointments/meetings for the event.

Contacts and Coverage Displays the matrix of relationships shared by


contacts at financial institutions and employees
within the firm.

Holdings Displays all the securities that the investor is holding


in its portfolio.

Manager’s Explorer Displays the customers being handled by a manager’s


direct and indirect subordinates.

10-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Investors
Investors Screen and Views

Table 10-1. Views Available from the Investors Screen (2 of 2)

View Description

Organization Analysis Displays a graphical representation of the customer’s


organizational chart.

Service Requests Provides a method for associating service requests


with an investor.

Literature Distribution Displays all the literature, including research and


offerings collateral, that has been sent to the investor.

Transactions Displays investments, such as debt or venture capital,


made by the selected investor organization into
accounts at a financial organization.

Transaction History Displays a list of transactions executed by the selected


investor organization through financial accounts
owned by that organization.

Profile  Business Provides a method for creating a business profile to be


associated with an investor.

Profile  Financial Provides a method for creating a financial profile,


including financial performance and condition, to be
associated with an investor.

Profile  Management Displays the management team members, such as


board directors or board advisors, associated with the
investor.

Charts  Investor Analysis by Rep Displays a graph based on investor analysis by sales
representative.

Charts  Referral Analysis Displays a graph based on the number of referrals by


disposition, referred by, or key client last name.

Charts  Lead Status Analysis Displays a graph based on the number of investor
opportunities by sales stage, sales representative,
close date, or key contact last name.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 10-5


Investors
Tasks Involving Investors

The following views display the investors to which you have access:

 My Investors
 My Team’s Investors
 All Investors
 All Investors Across Organizations
Your responsibilities determine which of these views are available to you. The
procedures in this chapter that describe using the My Investors view can also be
performed using the My Team’s Investors view, the All Investors view, or the All
Investors Across Organizations view.

Tasks Involving Investors 10

Investors are buy-side firms such as money managers, mutual funds, or pension
funds. The Investors screen provides a mechanism to capture the securities interests
and trading transactions specific to the retail and institutional securities industry,
unlike the Companies screen, which is used to capture organizational profiles.

Any of your customers can be a potential investor; adding customers to your


Investors list allows you and your colleagues to record more information about the
potential investor. When a customer becomes an investor, you can then perform
queries that can help you better service the customer’s needs.

Tasks commonly performed in the Investors screen:

 “Adding an Investor” on page 10-7


 “Displaying an Investor Organizational Chart or Coverage Team” on page 10-7
 “Displaying a List of Transactions or Holdings by Investor” on page 10-8

10-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Investors
Tasks Involving Investors

Adding an Investor 10

To add an investor
1 Choose Screens  Investors  My Investors.
The My Investors view appears.

2 Choose Edit  Add New Record.


A new record appears.

3 Complete the fields in the Investors list applet.

To make other changes to an investor


 Modify a record by selecting a field and changing the information.
 Copy a record by choosing Edit  Copy Record.
 Delete a record by choosing Edit  Delete Record.

 Cancel all the changes you’ve made to a record before you leave that record by
choosing Edit  Undo Record.
Displaying an Investor Organizational Chart or Coverage Team 10

To display an investor organizational chart


1 Choose Screens  Investors  My Investors.
The My Investors view appears.

2 Select an investor in the Investors list applet.


3 Choose Organization Analysis on the view bar.
The Account Organization Analysis view appears, displaying an organizational
chart.

4 Click the Toggle button in the Account Organization Analysis view to view
contact information about the contacts shown in the organizational chart.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 10-7


Investors
Tasks Involving Investors

To display an investor coverage team


1 Choose Screens  Investors  My Investors.
The My Investors view appears.

2 Select an investor in the Investors list applet.


3 Choose Contacts and Coverage on the view bar.
The Coverage view appears.

4 Click the Toggle button in the Contacts list applet to view detailed contact
information.

Displaying a List of Transactions or Holdings by Investor 10

To display a list of transactions by investor


1 Choose Screens  Investors  My Investors.
The My Investors view appears.

2 Select an investor in the Investors list applet.


3 Choose Transaction History on the view bar.
The Investors Transactions view appears.

The Investor form applet displays information about the investor you selected in
the My Investors view. The Financial Accounts list applet displays a list of the
accounts associated with the investor. The Investment Transactions list applet
shows a list of the transactions associated with the investor.

To display a list of holdings by investor


1 Choose Screens  Investors  My Investors.
The My Investors view appears.

2 Select an investor in the Investors list applet.


3 Select Holdings on the view bar.
The Investor Holdings view appears.

10-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Products 11
Products Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2

Products Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

Tasks Involving Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4


Creating an Application Using the Auto Application Button . . . . . . . 11-4

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5


Creating and Modifying Needs Analysis Scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
Defining Product Scores, Fees, Rates, and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Setting Up an Application Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 11-1


Products
Products Overview

Products Overview 11

This chapter addresses only the functionality of the Products screen that is specific
to Siebel eFinance tasks.

Only those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel


administrators, can set up information in the Product Score Administration view for
use in defining the finance-related products that are recommended by the sales
agents and used in customer needs analyses.

For more information about the Products screen, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

Business Scenario 11

If you are a call-center agent asking a customer a series of questions when


performing the needs analysis, the views in the Products screen display a list of
products; you can click the product name hyperlink to review product details.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Products screen. For more information about the Siebel Financial
Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

11-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Products
Products Screen and Views

Products Screen and Views 11

Figure 11-1 shows an example of a view in the Products screen. In all Siebel
products, the availability of certain views and functionality can be limited according
to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see on the view bar can vary
from those shown in the diagram. Generally, the Siebel administrator has
responsibility for updating user privileges.

Auto Application button

Figure 11-1. All Products View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 11-3


Products
Tasks Involving Products

Table 11-1 shows the view in the Products screen that is specific to Siebel eFinance.

Table 11-1. View Available from the Products Screen

View Description

Fees, Rates and Conditions Provides a method for calculating the fees that are a
percentage of a mortgage loan amount.

Tasks Involving Products 11

One of the tasks that is commonly performed in the Products screen specifically for
Siebel eFinance is “Creating an Application Using the Auto Application Button.”

Creating an Application Using the Auto Application Button 11

If a contact calls to open an account or purchase a product that requires you to fill
out an application, from the Products screen you can speed the application process
by selecting the Auto Application button on the toolbar. Siebel Financial Services
automatically creates a new application for the contact and pre-fills some of the
application fields when you click the Auto Application button. You can then enter
the rest of the required application information.

To create an application using Auto Application


1 Choose Screens  Products  All Products.
The All Products view appears.

2 Select a record; if a product does not exist, add it.


For more information about adding contacts, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

3 Click the Auto Application button on the toolbar; see the Figure 11-1 on
page 11-3.

The Applicants view appears, with any pre-existing company information filled
in.

11-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Products
Administrative Tasks

4 Complete the remaining Application fields.


For more information on completing applications, see Chapter 8, “Applications.”

NOTE: You must choose a Product in the product field in the Application form
applet in order to navigate to any other field, task, or screen.

Administrative Tasks 11

Some of the tasks that are commonly performed in the Products view in the
Marketing Administration screen include:

 “Creating and Modifying Needs Analysis Scripts” on this page


 “Defining Product Scores, Fees, Rates, and Conditions” on page 11-7
 “Setting Up an Application Workflow” on page 11-12

Creating and Modifying Needs Analysis Scripts 11

A needs analysis allows your agents to ask questions and assign scores to the
answers the customers give. With this information, agents can:

 Recommend a package of products or a single product


 Cross-sell a group of products or a single product
Siebel Financial Services has needs analysis views with scripts containing suggested
questions to ask customers, with a range of answers for each question. You can
modify or configure the questions and answers as needed. See Siebel Applications
Administration Guide for instructions about changing these defaults.

As administrator, you previously defined products and product lines. To support


needs analysis for your agents, you must specify the scripts to be used and
questions to be asked for each product. Then, you must associate customer answers
with scores that are calculated in Siebel Financial Services to identify potential
products and packages to sell. For more information about scripts, see Siebel
SmartScript Guide.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 11-5


Products
Administrative Tasks

Checking a Script for Errors


After creating a script or finding errors in a needs analysis result, you can check a
 
script for a variety of errors in SmartScript Administration SmartScripts Scripts.

To check a script for errors


1 Choose Screens  SmartScript Administration  SmartScripts  Scripts.
The SmartScript Administration view appears.

2 Select the script in the Scripts list applet.


3 Click the Verify button in the Scripts list applet.
The Verify Script dialog box appears.

4 Select the verification options you want to check, then click the Next button in
the Verify Script dialog box repeatedly to verify each option chosen.

Any script errors related to the chosen verification options will appear.

5 When the last Verify Script verification option appears, click the Finish button
to end the verification.

6 Correct any script errors that were found.


For more information about needs analysis scripts, see Chapter 3, “Contacts.”

To add or modify needs analysis questions in scripts


You can modify existing questions and add more questions and answers to needs
analysis scripts. If you add questions, you need to add score values to the Product
Scores for the questions. You also need to add the questions to the appropriate
BusComp. For example, if you are modifying a checking account needs analysis
script for a contact, then you would need to add questions to the FIN NA RET
Checking BusComp.

When the user clicks the Recommend button to calculate the score, changes to the
script are taken into account.

For more information about needs analysis scripts, see Chapter 3, “Contacts.”

11-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Products
Administrative Tasks

Defining Product Scores, Fees, Rates, and Conditions 11

Use the Product Scores Administration view in the Marketing Administration 


Products screen shown in Figure 11-2 to define questions, answers, and scores for
answers to your institution’s needs analysis script questions associated with its
products.

Figure 11-2. Product Score Administration View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 11-7


Products
Administrative Tasks

To define questions and scores for products


1 Choose Screens  Marketing Administration  Products  All Products.
The Product Administration view appears.

2 Select a product from the Products list applet, then click Product Scores on the
view bar.

The Product Score Administration view appears; the Score list applet lists the
questions with associated answers that are currently associated with the
product.

3 Choose the Score list applet, then right-click and choose New Record.
4 Complete the Score fields described in the following table.

Field Description

Script Name The script to be used for this question. You are not limited to a single
script for a product; you can use any number of the scripts listed.

Question The question to be asked. Choose from the picklist of possible questions
present in the script you choose.

Answer The answer given by the customer. For each possible answer the
customer can give, you can assign a score. Choose from the picklist of
possible answers for the chosen question.

Score The score associated with the answer. You assign this value according
to the importance you attach to the customer’s response.

To correct a script problem with a product score


If when performing a needs analysis, after clicking the Recommend button to select
a product, the sum of the product scores appears incorrect, check for duplicate
product score questions.

1 Choose Screens  Marketing Administration  Products  All Products.


The Product Administration view appears.

11-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Products
Administrative Tasks

2 Select a product from the Products list applet, then click Product Scores on the
view bar.

The Product Score Administration view appears; the Score list applet lists the
questions with associated answers that are currently associated with the
product.

3 In the Score list applet, if the same question-and-answer pair appears more than
once, delete the extra question.

To define fees, rates, and conditions


You set fees and rates and define conditions for products using the Product Fees,
Rates and Conditions view in the Administration Marketing Administration 
Products screen shown in Figure 11-3.

Figure 11-3. Product Fees, Rates and Conditions Administration View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 11-9


Products
Administrative Tasks

To set fees for products


1 Choose Screens  Marketing Administration  Products  All Products.
The Product Administration view appears.

2 Select a product in the Products list applet, then choose Fees, Rates and
Conditions on the view bar.

The Product Fees, Rates and Conditions Administration view appears.

3 Choose the Fees list applet.



4 Choose Edit Add New Record to add a new fee or Edit  Insert Record to add
an existing fee.

5 Complete the Fee Type, Fee Amount, Fee Percent, Conditions, Prepaid Fees, and
Our Fees fields.

To set rates for products



1 Choose Screens Marketing Administration  Products 
Fees, Rates and Conditions.

The Product Fees, Rates and Conditions Administration view appears.

2 Choose the Rates list applet.



3 Choose Edit Add New Record to add a new rate or Edit  Insert Record to add
an existing rate.

4 Complete the fields. Some fields are described in the following table.

Field Description

Rate Type Required field, type of rate

Index Name Name of the index used

APR Annual Percentage Rate for credit products

APY Annual Percentage Yield for deposit products

Spread Increase over index rate to determine rate

11-10 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Products
Administrative Tasks

Field Description

Conditions Conditions affecting rate

Min Term Minimum term for tiered rates

Min Amount Minimum amount for the product to qualify for the rate

Max Term Maximum term for tiered rates

Max Amount Maximum amount for the product to qualify for the rate

Rate Rate percentage, calculated by adding Index Rate to Margin/Spread

Index Rate Percentage rate of index

To set conditions for products



1 Choose Screens Marketing Administration  Products 
Fees, Rates and Conditions.

2 Choose the Conditions list applet.



3 Choose Edit Add New Record to add a new condition or Edit  Insert Record
to add existing conditions.

4 Complete the fields described in the following table.

Field Description

Condition The condition for the product

Min Deposit Amount The minimum amount required in the account for the
condition to apply

Max Credit Line The maximum amount allowed for the credit line

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 11-11


Products
Administrative Tasks

Setting Up an Application Workflow 11

Siebel Financial Services uses the Next button to help an agent navigate to the next
view when filling out an application. The application view order varies from
product to product; therefore, you will need to set up the view order for every
product for which your agents will fill out applications.

The view order determines the next view the agent will see when filling out one or
more applications for a customer during one transaction. For instance, the view
order of a basic checking application consists of the following views in the following
order: Applicant, Income Sources, Check Order, and Funding. If the agent manually
starts in the Income Sources view, then clicks the Next button, the next view to
appear will be the Check Order view. The Application view sequence for the
checking application process will then follow the sequence for basic checking that
was set in the View Order Administration view.

To set up an application workflow



1 Choose Screens Marketing Administration  Products 
Application Workflow.

The View Order Administration view appears.

2 Choose a record in the Products list applet.


3 Select the View Order list applet, then choose Edit  Add New Record.
The Add View Order dialog box appears.

4 Select a View name, then click Add.


The view name appears in the View Order list applet.

5 To change the view order of a view, change the Sequence Number in the View
Order list applet.

6 Continue adding all the views the agent needs to complete the application.

11-12 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Literature 12
Literature Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Literature Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 12-1


Literature
Literature Overview

Literature Overview 12

With Siebel Financial Services, companies can now associate pieces of literature in
the Siebel Encyclopedia with one or more securities, industries, or product lines.
Siebel Financial Services’ ability to categorize literature allows pieces of literature
to be presented in the context of the business process that you are executing.

For more information, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

Business Scenario 12

If you are a relationship manager using a call list to call a contact regarding specific
security, all research literature related to that security is presented to you in the Call
List view.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Literature screen. For more information about the Siebel Financial
Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

12-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Literature
Literature Screen and Views

Literature Screen and Views 12

Use the views in the Literature screen to enter and track information about
literature. In all Siebel products, the availability of certain views and functionality
can be limited according to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see
on the view bar can vary from those shown in Figure 12-1. Generally, the Siebel
administrator has responsibility for updating user privileges.

Figure 12-1 shows the All Literature view in the Literature screen.

Figure 12-1. All Literature View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 12-3


Literature
Literature Screen and Views

Table 12-1 lists the views in the Literature screen that are specific to Siebel eFinance.

Table 12-1. Views Available from the Literature Screen

View Description

All Literature Displays all the literature in your organization. If


(Institutional Sales & Research Only) you defined multiple organizations in your
implementation of Siebel Financial Services, this
view displays only the information relevant to
your organization.

All Literature across Organizations Displays all the literature across all organizations
defined in your implementation of Siebel Financial
Services.

Access Exceptions Displays all the access exceptions (entitlement


violations) associated with a specific piece of
literature. Managers can use access exceptions
information to determine which investors are
receiving research to which they are not entitled.
The managers can then persuade the investors to
compensate the brokerage firm by directing more
business to the firm.

Literature Distribution Displays all the literature, including research and


offerings collateral, that has been sent to the
investor.

Product Literature Displays literature according to product line.

12-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Literature
Administrative Tasks

Administrative Tasks 12

The Literature view in the Marketing Administration screen allows you to add and
modify literature information.

Figure 12-2 shows the Literature Administration view in the Marketing


Administration screen.

Figure 12-2. Literature Administration View

You can perform administrative tasks associated with your organization’s literature
using the Literature view of the Marketing Administration screen.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 12-5


Literature
Administrative Tasks

To set literature access levels (for Institutional Sales & Research only)
1 Choose Screens  Marketing Administration  Literature  Literature.
The Literature Administration view appears.

2 Select a Literature record.


3 Choose Basic or Premium in the Access Level field in the Literature list applet to
set the access level for the piece of literature.

12-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Access Exceptions 13
Access Exceptions Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2

Access Exceptions Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3

Tasks Involving Access Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5


Viewing All Access Exceptions Across an Organization . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Adding Access Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Setting an Access Level for a Contact or an Investor . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Creating an Access Exceptions Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Viewing an Access Exception Associated with a Piece of Literature . . 13-7
Viewing an Access Exception Associated with a List . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8


Setting Access Levels for Literature and Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 13-1


Access Exceptions
Access Exceptions Overview

Access Exceptions Overview 13

Organizations generally provide different levels of service to their customers and


therefore expect to generate different amounts of business based on the level of
service purchased. For example, “Premium” customers receive higher levels of
service for higher fees, and “Basic” customers receive lower levels of service for
lower fees.

Premium levels of service could include access to premium pieces of research


literature and invitations to premium events. On occasion, “Basic” customers are
given “Premium” services to entice them to sign up for the Premium level. In these
instances, executives do not want to stop relationship managers from sending
premium pieces of literature to the basic customers or from inviting them to
premium events. However, the managers wants to record every instance as an
“Access Exception” so that they can review all the premium services received by the
basic level customers and follow up with them to persuade those customers to sign
up for the premium level of service.

Business Scenario 13

As a relationship manager at an institutional brokerage firm, you can take a phone


call from a customer who is a “non-premium” contact. Your contact can request the
latest piece of research, which happens to be premium research that has been
published by your brokerage firm. However, you use Siebel Financial Services to
email this piece of literature to the customer.

Upon sending the research literature, Siebel Financial Services automatically creates
a Literature Distribution activity record that records this transaction.

Those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel


administrators, can set up a workflow manager rule to create an Access Exception,
which is a record showing that the non-premium contact was sent a piece of
premium literature.

Account Managers can analyze access exception information at regular intervals to


determine which customers are causing the most access exceptions, and try to
persuade these customers to sign up for a higher level of service.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Access Exceptions screen. For more information about the Siebel
Financial Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.
13-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3
Access Exceptions
Access Exceptions Screen and Views

Access Exceptions Screen and Views 13

Use the views in the Access Exceptions screen to enter and track information about
literature. In all Siebel products, the availability of certain views and functionality
can be limited according to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see
on the view bar can vary from those shown in Figure 13-1. Generally, the Siebel
administrator has responsibility for updating user privileges

Figure 13-1 shows an example of a view in the Access Exceptions screen.

Figure 13-1. Access Exception View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 13-3


Access Exceptions
Access Exceptions Screen and Views

Table 13-1 lists the views in the Access Exceptions screen that are specific to Siebel
eFinance.

Table 13-1. Views Available from the Access Exceptions Screen

View Description

Access Exceptions Displays all access exceptions that have been generated in Siebel
Financial Services.

Charts  Access Exceptions By Employee Displays a chart of access exceptions by employee. Allows a
manager to determine which employees have generated the most
access exceptions, then follow up to determine the reasons.

Charts  Access Exceptions By Investor Displays a chart of access exceptions by investor. Allows a
manager to identify the investors who have caused the most
access exceptions and target them for service-level upgrade.

Charts  Access Exceptions By Type Displays a chart of access exceptions by type of exception. Allows
a manager to analyze the frequency of the different types of
access exceptions that have been generated.

13-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Access Exceptions
Tasks Involving Access Exceptions

Tasks Involving Access Exceptions 13

The Access Exceptions screen and views enable you to view or add information
about access exceptions. You can also view access exceptions associated with a
piece of Literature in the Literature screen or a List in the List Management screens.

Use the appropriate screen and view to perform any of these tasks:

 “Viewing All Access Exceptions Across an Organization” on this page


 “Adding Access Exceptions” on this page
 “Setting an Access Level for a Contact or an Investor” on page 13-6
 “Creating an Access Exceptions Chart” on page 13-6
 “Viewing an Access Exception Associated with a Piece of Literature” on
page 13-7

 “Viewing an Access Exception Associated with a List” on page 13-7

Viewing All Access Exceptions Across an Organization 13

You can add, view, or delete information about an access exception using the Access
Exceptions screen.

To view all access exceptions across an organization


 Choose Screens  Access Exceptions  Access Exceptions
The Access Exception view appears.

Adding Access Exceptions 13

To add, copy, modify, or delete an access exception


1 Choose Screens  Access Exceptions  Access Exceptions.
The Access Exception view appears.

2 Right-click and choose New Record.


3 Complete the access exception fields.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 13-5


Access Exceptions
Tasks Involving Access Exceptions

Setting an Access Level for a Contact or an Investor 13

To set an access level for a contact


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select a contact in the Contacts list applet.


3 Select an access level for the contact in the Access Level field.

NOTE: You may need to scroll across the columns in the Contacts list applet to
find the Access Level field.

To set an access level for an investor


1 Choose Screens  Investors  My Investors.
The My Investors view appears.

2 Select an investor in the Investors list applet.


3 Select an access level for the investor in the Access Level field.

NOTE: You may need to scroll across the columns in the Investors list applet to
find the Access Level field.

Creating an Access Exceptions Chart 13

The following procedure illustrates creating a chart showing access exceptions by


type. You can also create access exception charts by employee or investor.

To create an access exception chart by type


 Choose Screens  Access Exceptions  Charts  Access Exception by Type.
The Access Exceptions view appears with a chart showing access exceptions
broken down by type in the Access Exceptions by Type form applet.

13-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Access Exceptions
Tasks Involving Access Exceptions

Viewing an Access Exception Associated with a Piece of Literature 13

To view an access exception associated with a piece of literature


1 Choose Screens  Literature  All Literature.
The All Literature view appears.

2 Select a piece of literature in the literature list applet.


3 Click Access Exceptions on the view bar.
The Literature Access Exceptions view appears showing all access exceptions
associated with the piece of literature.

Viewing an Access Exception Associated with a List 13

To view an access exception associated with a list


1 Choose Screens  List Management  All Lists.
The All Lists view appears.

2 Select a list in the List applet.


3 Click Access Exceptions on the view bar.
The Access Exceptions view appears showing all access exceptions associated
with the list.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 13-7


Access Exceptions
Administrative Tasks

Administrative Tasks 13

Setting Access Levels for Literature and Lists 13

Use the appropriate administrative screen to set an access level for a piece of
literature or a list.

NOTE: Only those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel
administrators, can set the access level for a piece of literature or a list.

To set an access level for a piece of literature (for Institutional Sales & Research
only)
1 Choose Screens  Marketing Administration  Literature  Literature.
The Literature Administration view appears.

2 Select a piece of literature in the Literature list applet.


3 Click the down arrow in the Access Level field and select a value, for example,
premium or basic.

NOTE: You may need to scroll across the columns in the Literature list applet to
find the Access Level field.

The access level for the piece of literature is set.

13-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Access Exceptions
Administrative Tasks

To set an access level for a list


1 Choose Screens  Finance Administration  List Management All Lists.
The All Lists view appears.

2 Select a list in the Lists list applet.


3 Click the down arrow in the Access Level field and select a value, for example,
premium or basic.

NOTE: You may need to scroll across the columns in the Lists list applet to find
the Access Level field.

The access level for the list is set.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 13-9


Access Exceptions
Administrative Tasks

13-10 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Holdings & Interests 14
Holdings & Interests Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3

Holdings & Interests Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4

Tasks Involving Holdings & Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5


Finding a Holding and Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Adding a Holding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
Adding an Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 14-1


Holdings & Interests
Holdings & Interests Overview

Holdings & Interests Overview 14

Investors are employees of financial institutions that manage portfolios of securities


that the financial institutions owns; these portfolios and the securities within them
are referred to as holdings. For example, an investor managing a high-tech index
fund can have holdings in Intel, Advanced Micro Devices, Texas Instruments,
Microsoft, and Siebel Systems.

Investors, in an attempt to meet the return targets on the portfolios they manage,
actively maintain interest lists of securities that they can choose to buy or sell based
on market events such as earnings news or corporate events such as mergers and
acquisitions. For example, if Cisco Systems is expected to beat market earnings, the
earnings estimate can trigger a “buy” of more Cisco stock.

Holdings information also refers to securities that a company holds in its portfolio.
Interests are securities that a contact has expressed an interest in buying or selling
at a later date.

Holdings and interests are critical information used by salespeople at brokerage


firms to quickly determine the list of their contacts that they need to call regarding
a particular security. Holdings information is stored at the investor level, and is
usually provided from a third-party data provider. Interests information is stored at
the contact level and is usually maintained by the contact’s relationship manager.
Siebel Financial Services also allows the relationship managers to import holdings
and interests information into Siebel Financial Services using comma-separated
variable (.csv) files, as contacts will often send the relationship manager a
spreadsheet containing their interests’ information.

14-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Holdings & Interests
Business Scenario

Business Scenario 14

If you are an institutional salesperson with a securities firm, you can use Siebel
Financial Services at the start of each day to generate a call list. You can use the
Find screen to enter the list of security symbols that were discussed in the morning
“Hot Stock” meeting and generate a list of your institutional investors that either
hold those securities in their portfolios or have expressed an interest in either
buying or selling them. You can decide which contacts you’d like to call from each
of the investor firms, then generate your call list to call on each person to discuss
the latest securities developments and convince them to route their transactions
through your trading desk.

If you decide to call a contact at Fidelity Investments regarding Cisco Systems,


before you make the call, you can click the hyperlink on Fidelity Investments in
order to get more detailed information. In the Investors screen Contacts Coverage
view, you can see a list of the contacts at Fidelity and coverage team members
within your firm who manage the relationships with those contacts. Next you can
navigate to the Investors screen Transactions view to scans all the recent trades
routed by Fidelity through your firm’s trading desk. Having understood the recent
trading patterns at Fidelity, you use the thread bar to navigate back to your Call List.
If you haven’t spoken to your contact at Fidelity recently, you can click the
hyperlink on the contact’s last name to better understand the contact’s interactions
with your firm by first scanning all the Activities related to your contact. Next, you
can check the status of any Service Requests that your contact might have logged.
Then you can navigate to the Research Distribution view and check to see all the
research collateral that your contact has received through your firm. Using the
Interests view, you can scan all the securities that your contact has expressed an
interest in. You have a good understanding about the securities and industries in
which your contact has interest.

You are now ready to make an informed sales call to your contact. As you begin to
place the call, you can bring up the latest Research Report on Cisco, which is
available in the My Call List view.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Holdings and Interests screen. For more information about the Siebel
Financial Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 14-3


Holdings & Interests
Holdings & Interests Screen and Views

Holdings & Interests Screen and Views 14

Use the views in the Holdings & Interests screen to enter and track information
about your investors’ securities holdings and interests. In all Siebel products, the
availability of certain views and functionality can be limited according to each
user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see on the view bar can vary from
those shown in Figure 14-1. Generally, the Siebel administrator has responsibility
for updating user privileges.

Figure 14-1 shows the Holdings view in the Holdings & Interests screen.

Figure 14-1. Holdings View

14-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Holdings & Interests
Tasks Involving Holdings & Interests

Table 14-1 lists the views in the Holdings & Interests screen; all these views are
specific to Siebel eFinance.

Table 14-1. Views Available from the Holdings & Interests Screen

View Description

Holdings Displays all the holdings information in Siebel Financial Services.

Interests Displays all the interests information in Siebel Financial Services.

Tasks Involving Holdings & Interests 14

The Holdings & Interests screen and views enable you to view or add information
about your customer’s securities holdings, or about securities that your customer
shows an interest in buying or selling.

Use the Find tool and Holdings & Interests screen to perform any of these tasks:

 “Finding a Holding and Interest” on this page


 “Adding a Holding” on page 14-6
 “Adding an Interest” on page 14-6

Finding a Holding and Interest 14

You can quickly find information about specific securities interests and holdings
that are in Siebel Financial Services. Use the Find tool to retrieve lists of investors
and contacts based on their holdings and interests.

To find a holding and interest


1 Choose the binoculars icon from the toolbar or press CTRL+F.
The Find dialog box appears.

2 Select Holdings and Interests from the list displayed in the dialog box.
3 Complete any of the following fields: Security Issuer, Symbol, Industry, and
Rating.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 14-5


Holdings & Interests
Tasks Involving Holdings & Interests

4 Click Find.
The Security Call List view appears displaying records that contain the requested
information, including investors that hold the security in the Held by Investor
list applet and contacts that are interested in the security in the Interested
Contacts list applet.

Adding a Holding 14

You can use the Holdings view to add, view, copy, or delete records about securities
that are held in a customer’s portfolio.

To add a holding
1 Choose Screens  Holding & Interests  Holdings.
The Holdings view appears.

2 Click New in the Holdings form applet to create a new record.


3 Complete the appropriate fields.

NOTE: You can load holding information from a third party data vendor using
Siebel’s standard integration toolset.

Adding an Interest 14

You can use the Interests view to view, add, or delete records about securities that
a portfolio manager shows interest in buying or selling.

To add an interest
1 Choose Screens  Holding & Interests  Interests.
The Interests view appears.

2 Click New in the Interests form applet to create a new record.


3 Complete the appropriate fields.

NOTE: You can import securities information as data captured in spreadsheets


using File  Import.

14-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


WSBCC Teller 15
WSBCC Teller Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2

Installation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4

Teller Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6

WSBCC Teller Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7

Tasks Involving WSBCC Teller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8


Logging In to the WSBCC Teller Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
Viewing Account Summaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
Viewing Account and Transaction Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
Recording a Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-10
Recording a Withdrawal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-11

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-12


Adding or Modifying Views for Your Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-12
Adding Default Login Information for Auto Login . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-13

Business Service Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-13


FINS IBC Login Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-14
FINS IBC Transaction Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-14
FINS IBC Transport Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-15
Connection Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-16
Using the FINS Virtual Business Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-18
Creating a New Virtual Business Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-19
Creating a Custom Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-19
Default Applet Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-20
Setting User Properties for the Virtual Business Component . . . . . . 15-21
Creating User-Defined Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-22

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 15-1


WSBCC Teller
WSBCC Teller Overview

WSBCC Teller Overview 15

The Interoperability Solution for IBM WebSphere Business Component Composer


[WSBCC] (formerly the IBM Corepoint Banking Solutions) provides integration
between Siebel Financial Services and the IBM WebSphere Business Component
Composer Posting Engine.

NOTE: In the rest of this chapter, the Interoperability Solution for IBM WebSphere
Business Component Composer is referred to as the Interoperability Solution.

The Interoperability Solution allows you to share data between your Siebel
Financial Services database and the IBM database.

Caution: The views in this chapter are sample transactions only that
are described to demonstrate the interoperability between Siebel
Financial Services and the IBM WebSphere Business Component
Composer Posting Engine.

15-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


WSBCC Teller
WSBCC Teller Overview

The IBM WebSphere Business Component Composer Posting Engine is part of the
IBM WebSphere eBusiness application suite. Siebel Financial Services
communicates with IBM WebSphere with XML messages using the HTTP.
Figure 15-1 shows the relationship between Siebel Financial Services and IBM
WebSphere.

Siebel Financial Services 6.3 IBM WebSphere

Siebel User IBM User Interface


Interface

Siebel Object WebSphere XML


Manager Messaging Servlet
HTTP
Siebel Data (Enterprise
Application WebSphere
Manager
Integrator XML) Posting Engine

Siebel IBM Host


Database Database

Figure 15-1. Relationship Between Siebel Financial Services and IBM WebSphere

This chapter describes how to use and administer the Siebel Financial Services
views that interface with IBM WebSphere.

NOTE: Please contact those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as
Siebel administrators, to set up interoperability at your organization.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 15-3


WSBCC Teller
Installation Information

Refer to the appropriate “Administrative Tasks” on page 15-12 and the appropriate
sections of the following documents to configure views and build appropriate XML
statements using Siebel EAI to interoperate the Siebel Financial Services views with
the WebSphere Business Component Composer:

 End-to-End Installation Guide for Interoperability Between Siebel Financial


Services and IBM WebSphere Business Component Composer

 IBM WebSphere Business Component Composer Installation Guide


 Siebel eBusiness Application Integration Guide
 Siebel Tools Guide

Installation Information 15

Refer to the following for the installation information needed to ensure the proper
functionality of the WSBCC Teller screen.

 Follow the instructions in End-to-End Installation Guide for Interoperability


Between Siebel Financial Services and IBM WebSphere Business Component
Composer.

 Install IBM WebSphere Business Component Composer on a separate machine


that has at least 256 MB of RAM.

 Refer to IBM WebSphere Business Component Composer Installation Guide for


information about integrating Siebel Financial Services and IBM WebSphere.

15-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


WSBCC Teller
Teller Workflow

Teller Workflow 15

Figure 15-2 shows a teller’s typical workflow.

Teller

Login Name and


Password Entry
Verification

Account Summary
View

Transaction
Withdrawal View Deposit View
Detail View

Savings Account Checking Account


and Transaction and Transaction
Detail View Detail View

Figure 15-2. Teller Workflow

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 15-5


WSBCC Teller
Business Scenario

Business Scenario 15

You can use the WSBCC Teller screen to perform typical customer banking
transactions, such as account verifications, deposits, and withdrawals.

For example, if a customer approaches you to make a deposit, you greet and identify
the customer, then accept the customer’s deposit slip and checks. Using Siebel
Financial Services, you review the customer summary in the Summary/Detail view,
then go to the Deposit view to complete the deposit transaction. You can then
navigate to the appropriate Contacts Summary view to launch a cross-sell, if that is
appropriate.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the WSBCC Teller screen. For more information about the Siebel Financial
Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

15-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


WSBCC Teller
WSBCC Teller Screen and Views

WSBCC Teller Screen and Views 15

Before you can use the views on the WSBCC Teller screen, you must log in to the
IBM WebSphere server, as described in “Logging In to the WSBCC Teller Screen” on
page 15-9.

Figure 15-3 shows the Summary/Detail view in the WSBCC Teller screen.

Figure 15-3. Summary/Detail View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 15-7


WSBCC Teller
Tasks Involving WSBCC Teller

Table 15-1 lists the views in the WSBCC Teller screen.

Table 15-1. Views Available from the WSBCC Teller Screen

View Description

Login Provides ID and password verification to connect Siebel


Financial Services with the IBM WebSphere server.

Account Summary Displays information about a contact as well as accounts,


service requests, alerts, applications, and campaigns
associated with the contact. The Account Summary list
applet contains data residing in the IBM host database; all
other applets show information from the Siebel Financial
Services database.

Account/Transaction Detail Displays information about accounts. All displayed data


resides in the IBM host database.

Deposit Provides a sample view for adding a record of a


customer’s deposit.

Withdrawal Provides a sample view for adding a record of a


customer’s withdrawal.

Tasks Involving WSBCC Teller 15

The following sections describe some of the most common tasks performed in the
WSBCC Teller screen:

 “Logging In to the WSBCC Teller Screen” on this page


 “Viewing Account Summaries” on page 15-9
 “Viewing Account and Transaction Details” on page 15-9
 “Recording a Deposit” on page 15-10
 “Recording a Withdrawal” on page 15-11

15-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


WSBCC Teller
Tasks Involving WSBCC Teller

Logging In to the WSBCC Teller Screen 15

If auto login has not been enabled, you must log in to the WSBCC Teller screen
before you can perform any Siebel Financial Services banking tasks.

To log in to the WSBCC Teller screen


1 Choose Screens  WSBCC Teller  Login.
The Login / Logout view appears.

2 Click the Login button to accept the default Login field values. You must enter
the server address if you are logging in manually.

The Summary/Detail view appears.

NOTE: If the default values on the Login / Logoff view do not work, consult with
those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel
administrators, for login information.

Viewing Account Summaries 15

The Summary/Detail view displays information from both the Siebel Financial
Services database and the IBM host database.

To view account summaries


1 Log in to the WSBCC Teller screen, as described in “Logging In to the WSBCC
Teller Screen” on page 15-9.

The Summary/Detail view appears.

2 Perform a query to locate the contact whose summary you want to view.
The contact’s Summary/Detail view appears.

Viewing Account and Transaction Details 15

You can view the details and transactions associated with any account listed on the
Account Summary view.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 15-9


WSBCC Teller
Tasks Involving WSBCC Teller

To view account and transaction details


1 Log in to the WSBCC Teller screen, as described in “Logging In to the WSBCC
Teller Screen” on page 15-9.

The Summary/Detail view appears.

2 Perform a query to locate the contact whose summary you want to view.
The contact record appears.

3 Click an Account Number hyperlink in the Account Summary list applet.


The Account Detail view appears.

Recording a Deposit 15

You can record a customer’s deposits using the Deposit view.

You must be correctly logged in to the WSBCC Teller screen before you can perform
any Siebel Financial Services banking tasks. If you receive error messages, contact
those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel
administrators.

NOTE: These instructions are for demonstration purposes only, and will not result in
the printing of a transaction receipt. Contact those with the required administrative
responsibilities, such as Siebel administrators, to set up interoperability at your
organization.

To record a deposit
1 Log in to the WSBCC Teller screen, as described in “Logging In to the WSBCC
Teller Screen” on page 15-9.

The Summary/Detail view appears.

2 Perform a query to locate the contact whose summary you want to view.
The contact’s Summary/Detail view appears.

15-10 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


WSBCC Teller
Tasks Involving WSBCC Teller

3 Select Deposit on the view bar.


The Deposit view appears.

4 Complete the fields in the Deposit form applet.


5 Click the Deposit button at the bottom of the Deposit form applet.
6 Note the status of the transaction.
If the transaction finishes without an error, prepare for the next transaction. If
there has been an error in performing the transaction, correct the error, then
click the Deposit button at the bottom of the Deposit form applet again.

Recording a Withdrawal 15

You can record a customer’s withdrawals using the Withdrawal view.

You must be correctly logged in to the WSBCC Teller screen before you can perform
any Siebel Financial Services banking tasks. If you receive error messages, contact
those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel
administrators.

NOTE: These instructions are for demonstration purposes only, and will not result in
the printing of a transaction receipt. Contact those with the required administrative
responsibilities, such as Siebel administrators, to set up interoperability at your
organization.

1 Log in to the WSBCC Teller screen, as described in “Logging In to the WSBCC


Teller Screen” on page 15-9.

The Summary/Detail view appears.

2 Perform a query to locate the contact whose summary you want to view.
The contact’s Summary/Detail view appears.

3 Select Withdrawal on the view bar.


The Withdrawal view appears.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 15-11


WSBCC Teller
Administrative Tasks

4 Complete the fields in the Withdrawal form applet.


5 Click the Withdrawal button at the bottom of the Withdrawal form applet.
6 Note the status of the transaction.
If the transaction finishes without an error, prepare for the next transaction. If
there has been an error in performing the transaction, correct the error, then
click the Withdrawal button at the bottom of the Withdrawal form applet again.

Administrative Tasks 15

This section contains information about administrative tasks associated with the
WSBCC Teller screen. Some of the tasks that can be performed are:

 “Adding or Modifying Views for Your Organization” on this page


 “Adding Default Login Information for Auto Login” on page 15-13

NOTE: Only those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as


Siebel administrators, can perform administrative tasks.

Adding or Modifying Views for Your Organization 15

The Account Detail view containing the Account Detail form applet and Transaction
Detail list applet is included for demonstration purposes. It is likely that you will
modify this view or define additional views for your organization.

For information about adding views or adding support for additional transactions
with WebSphere Business Component Composer, refer to the following guides:

 Siebel Tools Guide


 End-to-End Installation Guide for Interoperability Between Siebel Financial
Services and IBM WebSphere Business Component Composer

 Siebel eBusiness Application Integration Guide

15-12 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


WSBCC Teller
Business Service Configuration

Adding Default Login Information for Auto Login 15

1 Add the following to the \Siebel\bin\fins.cfg file:


[Teller]
LoginName = default login name
Password = default password
ServerConnection = http://host_no:port_no/servlet/xmlmessaging

2 Replace host_no and port_no with your actual host and port numbers.

NOTE: The default host and port numbers are 80.

Business Service Configuration 15

Siebel Financial Services provides an object called a business service, which you
can use to encapsulate specialized information for reuse in multiple applications by
passing parameters to classes in the form of user properties. You can, through the
use of these parameters, control certain aspects of your application—for example,
transport mechanism particulars and login information.

In addition to creating business services yourself in Siebel Tools, you can use several
pre-built business services in Siebel Tools. Some of these business services are
internal only and should not be modified, as their behavior can only be influenced
by supplying different user properties. For example, some of the business services
are for external programs or send out XML; others are mapped internally. Before
making any changes to pre-built business services, please consult your Siebel
Technical Account Manager (TAM).

The WSBCC Teller module provides the following business services:

 FINS IBC Login Adapter


 FINS IBC Transaction Adapter
 FINS IBC Transport Manager

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 15-13


WSBCC Teller
Business Service Configuration

FINS IBC Login Adapter 15

The FINS IBC Login Adapter manages the WSBCC Teller login process using the
methods described in Table 15-2.

Table 15-2. FINS IBC Login Adapter Methods

Method Display Name Description

GetLoginId Get Login Id Retrieves a login ID from an external data source.

GetLoginProperties Get Login Properties Retrieves login properties, if any, from an external data
source.

GetLoginState Get Login State A Boolean that indicates the state of the external data source.

GetNewMessageId Get New Message Id Gets the handler for the new message.

Login Login Initiates the login sequence.

Logout Logout Initiates the logout sequence.

FINS IBC Transaction Adapter 15

The FINS IBC Transaction Adapter manages transactions between Siebel Financial
Services and the WebSphere Business Component Composer using methods
described in Table 15-3.

Table 15-3. FINS IBC Transaction Adapter Methods

Method Display Name Description

Post Post Instantiates an Integration Object, converts the instance into an XML
string, passes the string to the listening system, receives a response from
the listening system, and caches the response as an instance of an
Integration Object for later use.

PostLocal Post Local Instantiates an Integration Object for later use.

PostXML Post XML Passes an XML string to the listening system, receives a response from the
listening system, and caches the response as an instance of an Integration
Object for later use.

Upsert Update or Insert Updates the current record of the Business Component, which is specified
by the Integration Object, by using the cached response.

15-14 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


WSBCC Teller
Business Service Configuration

The FINS IBC Transaction Adapter methods take the arguments described in
Table 15-4.

Table 15-4. FINS IBC Transaction Adapter Method Arguments

Method Display Name Appears in Method Description

IntObjectName Integration GetRecordValue, The name of the FINS integration object.


Object Name Post, PostLocal,
Upsert
LoginOption Login Option PostXML The switch for turning the auto login
feature on/off.

XMLString XML String PostXML Contains the XML document that is to be


passed from one system to the other.

BusinessComponentName Business Upsert The name of the Siebel Financial Services


Component business component that the current
Name message should update or be inserted
into.

FINS IBC Transport Manager 15

The FINS IBC Transport Manager directs integration messages to the appropriate
transport mechanism, based on a supplied universal resource identifier (URI) or
connect string using methods described in Table 15-5.

Table 15-5. FINS IBC Transport Manager Methods

Method Display Name Description

Send Send Sends an unacknowledged request outbound from Siebel


Financial Services. This is a request method.

Send and Receive Response SendReceive Sends a request message out from Siebel Financial Services
and receives an associated response. This is a request/
response method.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 15-15


WSBCC Teller
Business Service Configuration

The FINS IBC Transport Manager methods also take arguments, as shown in
Table 15-6.

Table 15-6. FINS IBC Transport Manager Method Arguments

Argument Description Applies to Methods

<Value> Specifies the character data to be sent to and from the transport. Send, SendReceive

ConnectInfo The connect string that is formatted as a URI, using either HTTP:// or Send, SendReceive
MQSeries:// as the transport indicator at the beginning of the URI.

EndOfData A Boolean that indicates the end of an input or output message. SendReceive

SleepTime The timeout interval on receive calls, in seconds. The default value is SendReceive
20 seconds.

TimedOut A Boolean that indicates SendReceive timed out and no data was SendReceive
available.

For more details about Siebel Financial Services integration options, refer to Siebel
eBusiness Application Integration Guide.

Connection Details 15

You need to follow specific rules when developing connect strings. This section
describes the syntax for connect strings that you specify in the ConnectInfo
argument to the FINS IBC Transport Manager.

HTTP Connect String


You can use the HTTP transport by supplying a URL in the following format.

http://<host>:<port#>/<service handler>

You are required to start the string with http://. The <host>:<port#> entry can
consist of both host name and port number or only a host name, if the host name
definition already contains the port number or a dynamic port number. See the
examples in the following text.

15-16 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


WSBCC Teller
Business Service Configuration

For example, you might use the following syntax if you want to connect to the IBM
WSBCC:

http://myFINSserver/servlet/xmlmessaging

You might notice that the example does not use a port number, because the alias
myFINSserver is already defined on the network, complete with port number.

You might use the following syntax if you want to connect to the Siebel Financial
Service Emulator from a dedicated server:

http://myMachine:4210/servlet/PostEngineEmulator

In this case, the connect string contains both the host name myMachine and the port
number 4210. The remainder of the alias points to the emulator servlet. You can also
point to ASP pages, servers, or other applications using this syntax.

MQSeries Connect String


The MQSeries connect string is similar to the HTTP connect string. The six main
elements that need to be included in this connect string are the MQSeries Request
Queue Manager Name, the Request Physical Queue Name, the Request Model
Queue Name, the MQSeries Response Queue Manager Name, the Response Physical
Queue Name, and the Response Model Queue Name.

These must be included in the order shown in the following syntax illustration:

MQSeries://<requestQueueMgrName>/<requestPhysicalQueueName>/
<requestModelQueueName>/<responseQueueMgrName>/
<responsePhysicalQueueName>/<responseModelQueueName>

You are required to begin the connect string with MQSeries://. The six other
elements must be listed in the order shown above.

For example, you might use the following syntax to manage messages on request
queues:

MQSeries://requestMQ1/MQ1Phys/MQ1Model

In this example, the argument requestMQ1 refers to the name of an MQ queue


manager that you have specifically created to manage requests. The arguments
MQ1Phys and MQ1Model refer to the physical queue and model queue that
correspond to the requestMQ1 queue manager.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 15-17


WSBCC Teller
Business Service Configuration

The following is an example of syntax you might use to manage messages on


request and response queues.

MQSeries://requestMQ1/MQ1Phys/MQ1Model/responseMQ2/MQ2Phys/
MQ2Model

In this example, the argument requestMQ1 refers to the name of an MQ queue


manager that you have specifically created to manage requests, and responseMQ2
refers to the name of an MQ queue manager that you have specifically created to
manage responses to Siebel Financial Services. The arguments MQ1Phys and
MQ1Model refer to the physical queue and model queue that correspond to the
requestMQ1 queue manager. The arguments MQ2Phys and MQ2Model refer to the
physical queue and model queue that correspond to the responseMQ2 queue
manager.

Using the FINS Virtual Business Components 15

The WSBCC Teller module uses virtual business components (VBCs) to accomplish
some integration tasks. A virtual business component maps between a Siebel
Financial Services business component and an external table or data structure. You
can view VBCs in Siebel Tools, in the Business Component list screens.

The FINS virtual business components are based on a specific class,


CSSBCVIntegrationTransaction. This class contains the methods that manage the
relationships between your Siebel Financial Services components and the external
components. You can, if necessary, create your own virtual business components in
Siebel Tools.

Table 15-7 lists the FINS Virtual Business Components.

Table 15-7. FINS Virtual Business Components (1 of 2)

VBC Name Class Description

FINS EAI Teller Account Detail CSSBCVIntegrationTransaction Maps account details.

FINS EAI Teller Account Summary CSSBCVIntegrationTransaction Maps a subset of details,


including account number,
contact ID, currency code, current
balance, and others.

FINS EAI Teller Account Summary CSSBCVIntegrationTransaction Maps a subset of details,


(Activity) including account number,
contact ID, currency code, current
balance, and others.

15-18 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


WSBCC Teller
Business Service Configuration

Table 15-7. FINS Virtual Business Components (2 of 2)

VBC Name Class Description

FINS EAI Teller Deposit CSSBCVIntegrationTransaction Maps deposit information.

FINS EAI Teller Deposit (Activity) CSSBCVIntegrationTransaction Maps deposit information.

FINS EAI Teller Login CSSBCVIntegrationLogin Passes teller login data for access
to external system via Siebel
Financial Services.

FINS EAI Teller Transaction Detail CSSBCVIntegrationTransaction Maps balance, currency code, and
other details of the transaction.

FINS EAI Teller Withdrawal CSSBCVIntegrationTransaction Maps withdrawal information.

FINS EAI Teller Withdrawal (Activity) CSSBCVIntegrationTransaction Maps withdrawal information.

Creating a New Virtual Business Component 15

You create a new virtual business component in Siebel Tools. The following
procedure describes the basic method of creating a virtual business component for
use with Siebel Financial Services.

To create a new virtual business component


1 Create a new record in the Business Component list applet in Siebel Tools.
2 Name the business component.
3 Choose a locked project.
4 Set the Class to the CSSBCVIntegrationTransaction class.
This class provides the virtual business component functionality.

Creating a Custom Solution 15

You can use virtual business components to create specialized solutions. For
example, if you want to create a special deposit applet, you can create a virtual
business component that takes advantage of either the pre-defined FINS business
services and integration objects or your own custom business services and
integration objects.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 15-19


WSBCC Teller
Business Service Configuration

An Integration Object is a Siebel Financial Services object that manages the


relationship between a Siebel Financial Services business component and an
external business object, for example a table or other data structure. Essentially, the
integration object is a sort of snapshot or view of a Siebel Financial Services
business object, containing various fields that you can disable or enable as
necessary to model your business requirement.

A Business Service is a Siebel Financial Services object that performs a specialized


operation similar to a stored procedure in the database world.

To create a custom solution


1 Create an integration object that represents both the Siebel Financial Services
business object and the external object that you want to map to each other.

2 Create an applet or add a control to an applet to initiate an event.


3 Specify the Business Service to invoke in the MethodInvoked property of the
applet control.

4 Create a virtual business component with a base class of


CSSBCVIntegrationTransaction.

5 Define the VBC with user properties to specify the request and response
integration objects and to specify the FINS IBC Transaction Adapter business
service methods.

Default Applet Events 15

You can use the four default applet events to provide a great deal of operational
functionality. The four default events are shown in Table 15-8.

Table 15-8. Applet Events

Event Name Description

Execute Occurs when an applet and a business component are instantiated.

Delete Occurs when a user deletes an existing record.

New Occurs when a user adds a new record.

Update Occurs when a user modifies an existing record.

You use these events as the default operations for the user properties in the virtual
business component.
15-20 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3
WSBCC Teller
Business Service Configuration

Setting User Properties for the Virtual Business Component 15

When defining the virtual business component, you must provide the user
properties shown in Table 15-9. User properties for your VBC must be in the form
<event>.<user property>, where <event> is one of the reserved event names
or an event name of your own creation.

Table 15-9. Setting Virtual Business Component User Properties

User Property Description

<event>.RequestIntObj Contains the name of the integration object you want to use as the mapping
between Siebel Financial Services and an external system in a request
operation. In the Value field for this user property, you enter the string name
of the integration object.

Execute.RequestIntObj You initiate a query against the external data source. This is useful in getting
or refreshing data in an applet from an external data source.

New.RequestIntObj Creates a new record of the active type of record in the active applet. In other
words, if the applet displays account information, new.RequestIntObj creates
a new account record using the data you have entered into the applet.

Update.RequestIntObj Passes data to the external data source in order to update the corresponding
record with the modified information.

Delete.RequestIntObj Removes the active applet record from the external data source.

<event>.RequestMethod Contains the name of the transaction method you want to use in a request
operation, as found in one of the FINS business services; for example, the FINS
IBC Transaction Adapter.
You can specify one of the methods described in Table 15-3 on page 15-14,
such as Post, PostLocal, PostXML, or Upsert. This method applies to the
request.

<event>.ResponseIntObj Contains the name of the integration object you want to use as the mapping
between an external system and Siebel Financial Services in a response
operation. In the Value field for this user property, you enter the string name
of the integration object.

<event>.ResponseMethod Contains the name of the transaction method you want to use in a response
operation, as found in one of the FINS business services; for example, the FINS
IBC Transaction Adapter.
You can specify one of the methods described in Table 15-3 on page 15-14,
such as Post, PostLocal, PostXML, or Upsert. This method applies to the
request.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 15-21


WSBCC Teller
Business Service Configuration

Figure 15-4 shows the user properties for the FINS EAI Teller Account Detail virtual
business component.

Figure 15-4. FINS EAI Teller Account Detail Virtual Business Component User Properties

Creating User-Defined Events 15

You can use the default events as a model, of sorts, for your own custom user-
defined events. For example, assume you want to create a button called “Make
Deposit” on an account applet.

To create a Make Deposit button on an account applet


1 Create a “Make Deposit” control on the applet.
2 Specify event deposit in the MethodInvoked property of the control.

15-22 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


WSBCC Teller
Business Service Configuration

3 Create a virtual business component and set its user properties to those shown
in the following table.

User Property Value Description

execute.RequestIntObj FINS EAI - Teller Get Instantiates the business


Account Summary component and returns the
Request (Activity) account information to the
named integration object.

execute.RequestMethod Post Uses the Post method to display


the data.

deposit.RequestIntObj My Account Integration Puts deposit information


Object entered on the FINS applet into
the external data source.

deposit.RequestMethod PostAndSet Uses the PostAndSet method to


write the new data to the
account data source.

deposit.ResponseIntObj My Siebel Record Puts the return value from an


Integration Object external data source (for
example, a status value) into
another integration object.

deposit.ResponseMethod Upsert Updates or inserts the return


value in the Siebel Financial
Services database.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 15-23


WSBCC Teller
Business Service Configuration

15-24 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


List Management 16
List Management Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-2

List Management Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3

Tasks Involving List Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-5


Marking a List as Private . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-5

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-7


Viewing All Lists and Contacts Associated with a List . . . . . . . . . . . 16-8

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 16-1


List Management
List Management Overview

List Management Overview 16

The Siebel Financial Services List Management screen allows relationship managers
to maintain a list of contacts associated with one or more securities interests or
event participants. Users can generate lists internally within Siebel Financial
Services or import purchased lists of prospects.

Business Scenario 16

You can use the Lists screen and views to display the relationship of your lists to
other information in Siebel Financial Services. For example, if you are a research
analyst at a brokerage, you can build lists of contacts and associate those lists with
one or more securities. You can then use these lists to call your contacts regarding
a security, and run campaigns based on these lists.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the List Management screen. For more information about the Siebel
Financial Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

16-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


List Management
List Management Screen and Views

List Management Screen and Views 16

Use the views in the List Management screen to enter and track information about
your lists. In all Siebel products, the availability of certain views and functionality
can be limited according to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see
on the view bar can vary from those shown in Figure 16-1. Generally, the Siebel
administrator has responsibility for updating user privileges.

Figure 16-1 shows the My Lists view in the List Management screen.

Figure 16-1. My Lists View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 16-3


List Management
List Management Screen and Views

From the List Management screen, you can find and add list information. Table 16-1
shows the views in the List Management screen, which is specific to Siebel
eFinance.

Table 16-1. Views Available from the List Management Screen (1 of 2)

View Description

My Lists Displays all lists in which you are an Access Team


member; you maintain these lists.

All Lists Displays all the lists in Siebel Financial Services


(Institutional Sales & Research Only) marked as Non-private except private lists on
which you are an Access Team member.

All Additional Attributes Displays all additional attributes.

Access Exceptions Displays all access exceptions that have been


generated in Siebel Financial Services.

All Contacts Displays all the contacts who have been added to
a list. A marketing manager can administer the list
from this view in order to run campaigns based on
this list. In this view, Access Level is not enforced.

All Contacts - Enforce Displays all the contacts who are members of the
selected list, and provides a method for adding
contacts to the list or removing them. In this view,
Access Level is enforced.

My Contacts Displays all the contacts who are members of a


selected list, and provides a method for adding
contacts to the list or removing them. In this view,
Access Level is not enforced.

My Contacts - Enforce Displays all the contacts for whom you manage
the relationship, listing those who have already
been added to a specific list. In this view, Access
Level is enforced, meaning that only those
contacts having an access level greater than or
equal to yours can be added to the list.

All Prospects Displays all prospects associated with a list.

List Campaigns Displays all campaigns associated with a list.

List Contacts and Prospects Displays all the contacts and prospects who are
members of a selected list.

16-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


List Management
Tasks Involving List Management

Table 16-1. Views Available from the List Management Screen (2 of 2)

View Description

List Import Displays import settings and list mapping


information about an imported list.

List Additional Attributes Displays a list’s additional attributes.

Prospect Additional Attributes Displays a prospect’s additional attributes.

Prospect Campaigns Displays prospect campaigns.

Prospect Response Displays prospect response.

Users can associate lists with one or more securities, industries, or regions.

Tasks Involving List Management 16

Marking a List as Private 16

You can mark a list as Private, which limits the list information only to those
employees who are members of the access team described on that list. Access Team
members can see their private lists in the My Lists view in their List Management
screen. However, private lists are not accessible in the All Lists view in the List
Management screen.

Those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel


administrators, have access to the Finance Administration screen List Management
view, and can see all the lists in Siebel Financial Services, including private lists.

NOTE: Only those who use the Institutional Sales & Research module can mark a list
as private.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 16-5


List Management
Tasks Involving List Management

To mark a list as private


1 Choose Screens  List Management  All Lists.
The All Lists view appears.

NOTE: You can mark a list as private only from the All Lists or My Lists views in
the Institutional Sales & Research module.

2 Select a list to make it private.


3 Select the Private field in the Lists list applet.
A check appears, which sets the list as Private.

NOTE: You may need to scroll across the columns in the Lists list applet to find
the Private field.

16-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


List Management
Administrative Tasks

Administrative Tasks 16

Figure 16-2 shows the All Lists view in the Finance Administration screen.

Figure 16-2. All Lists View

NOTE: Only those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel
administrators, can perform administrative tasks.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 16-7


List Management
Administrative Tasks

Viewing All Lists and Contacts Associated with a List 16

NOTE: Only those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel
administrators, have access to the Finance Administration screen List Management
view, and can see all the lists in Siebel Financial Services, including private lists.

To view all lists


1 Choose Screens  Finance Administration  List Management  All Lists.
The All Lists view appears.

2 Choose the Lists form applet to add, modify, or delete lists.

To view all contacts associated with a list


1 Choose Screens  Finance Administration  List Management  All Contacts.
The All Contacts view appears.

2 Choose the All Contacts form applet to add, modify, or delete contacts.

16-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Site Locator 17
Site Locator Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2

Site Locator Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-3

Tasks Involving Site Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4


Locating a Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-5

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 17-1


Site Locator
Site Locator Overview

Site Locator Overview 17

The Site Locator screen enables you search for the location of an ATM or bank
branch, or any site location set up within the organization.

Use the Site Locator screen to perform any of these tasks:

 Query all bank or ATM site locations within a city, zip code, or area code.
 Verify service providers by location.
 Verify hours of operation for a particular location.

Business Scenario 17

As a call center representative, you can receive a call from a bank customer who
wants to know where the closest ATM machine is located. You can use the Find tool
on the toolbar to navigate to the Find dialog box, where you’ll select Site.

Once you enter the search criteria and select Find, Siebel Financial Services displays
the Site Locator view with the search results. You’ll then be able to give the
customer detailed information, such as the address and phone number of the
bank’s ATM and branch site locations.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Site Locator screen. For more information about the Siebel Financial
Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

17-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Site Locator
Site Locator Screen and Views

Site Locator Screen and Views 17

Use the views in the Site Locator screen to find your institution’s branch or bank
ATM site for a customer. In all Siebel products, the availability of certain views and
functionality can be limited according to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the
views you see on the view bar can vary from those shown in Figure 17-1. Generally,
the Siebel administrator has responsibility for updating user privileges.

Figure 17-1 shows an example of the Site Locator view in the Site Locator screen.

Figure 17-1. Site Locator View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 17-3


Site Locator
Tasks Involving Site Locator

Table 17-1 lists the views in the Site Locator screen; this screen is specific to Siebel
eFinance.

Table 17-1. Views Available from the Site Locator Screen

View Description

Site Locator  Site Locator Displays the location of bank branch offices and ATM
machines.

Tasks Involving Site Locator 17

Locating a Site 17

You can use Site Locator to find the location or site of a customer’s branch office or
ATM machine.

To locate a site
1 Choose the binoculars icon from the toolbar or press CTRL+F.
The Find dialog box appears.

2 Select Site from the list displayed in the dialog box.


3 Enter information into any of the following fields: Zip code, City, State, Day,
Service, Type.

4 Click Find.
The Site Locator view appears, listing the sites that match the requested
information.

5 Select a site from the Sites list applet.


The Site Services and Hours of Operation list applets appear.

6 For more information about the site (for example, the telephone number), click
the Toggle button in the Sites list applet.

The Site form applet appears displaying detailed information about the site in an
easy-to-read format.

17-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Site Locator
Administrative Tasks

Administrative Tasks 17

Figure 17-2 shows the Site Administration view in the Marketing Administration
screen.

Figure 17-2. Site Administration View

NOTE: Only those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel
administrators, can perform administrative tasks.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 17-5


Site Locator
Administrative Tasks

To add sites
1 Choose Screens  Marketing Administration  Sites.
The Site Administration view appears.

2 Click New in the Sites form applet.


3 Complete the appropriate fields.

17-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers 18
Teller Drawers Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-3

Business Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-4

Teller Drawers Screen and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-4

Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-6


Finding a Bank Customer and the Associated Account . . . . . . . . . . . 18-7
Viewing Your Teller Drawer Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-11
Managing Bins and Batches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-12
Performing Customer Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-13
Placing Transaction Holds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-22
Ending a Customer Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-23
Transferring Funds Between Trays and Tellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-24
Performing a Drawer or Tray Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-25
Processing Over and Short Postings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-26
Ordering a Statement Copy and Other Service Requests . . . . . . . . . 18-27
Handling Security Bills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-29

Bank Manager Tasks Involving Teller Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-30


Opening a Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-30
Closing a Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-31
Running Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-32

Administrative Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-32


Creating a Bank Organization and a Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-34
Adding an Employee and Setting Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-35
Creating a Container with Default Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-39
Performing Bin and Batch Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-41

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-1


Teller Drawers

Assigning a Teller to a Cash Drawer and Setting Limits . . . . . . . . . 18-42


Creating a Holdover Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-44
Setting Transaction Override Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-45
Creating Daily Branch Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-47

Information for Configurators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-48

18-2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Drawers Overview

Teller Drawers Overview 18

The Teller Drawers screen is used by bank employees to view the contents of their
own teller drawers and perform drawer-related functions such as the batching of
bins and making transfers between drawers.

Bank employees can perform customer transactions such as deposits and


withdrawals using the Activities screen Teller Session view.

Bank branch and teller drawer administration tasks are performed by those with the
required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel administrators, and are
performed in the Branch Services Administration screen. These administrative tasks
can include setting up drawers, limits, holds, and holdover schedules. Using Siebel
Financial Services, banking organizations can now perform all branch and teller
drawer, tray, bin, and batch setup, as well as daily transaction, accounting, and
branch management functions using views in the Branch Services Administration
screen.

Additionally, Siebel Financial Services provides for the general servicing of


customer inquiries and the use of customer transactions as ways of cross-selling
additional products or services.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-3


Teller Drawers
Business Scenario

Business Scenario 18

Banking organizations can use the Teller Drawers screen to allow bank tellers to
view the contents of their own teller drawers and perform drawer-related functions
such as the batching of bins and making transfers between drawers.

For example, when a customer approaches a teller to make a deposit, the teller
greets and identifies the customer, then accepts the customer’s deposit slip and
checks. Using Siebel Financial Services, the teller reviews the customer summary in
the Contacts screen Summary view, where additional cross-selling can be done. The
teller can then click the Start Teller Session button to start a transaction in the
Activities screen Sessions view.

You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Teller Drawers screen. For more information about the Siebel Financial
Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

Teller Drawers Screen and Views 18

Figure 18-1 shows the Teller Drawers view in the Teller Drawers screen. In all Siebel
products, the availability of certain views and functionality can be limited according
to each user’s responsibilities; therefore, the views you see on the view bar can vary
from those shown in Figure 18-1. Generally, the Siebel administrator has
responsibility for updating user privileges.

Figure 18-1. Teller Drawers View

18-4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Drawers Screen and Views

Table 18-1 lists the views in the Teller Drawers screen.

Table 18-1. Views Available from Teller Drawers Screen

View Description

My Teller Drawers Read-only view. Shows the contents of a teller’s bank drawer.

Batches Displays the bins and batches associated with a teller’s bank
drawer.

Transfers Displays the transfers between a teller’s own trays and between a
teller and another teller.

Explorer Displays a hierarchical view of a teller’s containers, including


drawers, trays, bins, and batches.

Over/Short Posts Displays a teller’s over and short postings.

Security Displays a teller’s security bills (also known as bait and trap
money.)

Settlements Displays a teller’s drawer settlements (the balancing of a teller’s


cash).

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-5


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers 18

The following section describes some of the most common tasks bank tellers can
perform in the Teller Drawers screen:

 “Finding a Bank Customer and the Associated Account” on page 18-7


 “Viewing Your Teller Drawer Contents” on page 18-11
 “Managing Bins and Batches” on page 18-12
 “Performing Customer Transactions” on page 18-13
 “Placing Transaction Holds” on page 18-22
 “Ending a Customer Session” on page 18-23
 “Transferring Funds Between Trays and Tellers” on page 18-24
 “Performing a Drawer or Tray Settlement” on page 18-25
 “Processing Over and Short Postings” on page 18-26
 “Ordering a Statement Copy and Other Service Requests” on page 18-27
 “Handling Security Bills” on page 18-29
You can save time and reduce keystrokes by using the Financial Services Workflow
User Interface Utilities to automate steps within standard tasks that you perform
often in the Teller Drawers screen. For more information about the Siebel Financial
Services User Interface Utilities, see Siebel Financial Services Guide.

Siebel Financial Services Teller functions can be performed using mouse or


keyboard controls that your bank may choose to pre-program. Consult with those
with the required administrative responsibilities, such as Siebel administrators, to
understand your bank’s implementation.

18-6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

Finding a Bank Customer and the Associated Account 18

You can use the Contacts screen Teller Summary view to start a banking session for
a customer who is a contact or a customer contact who does banking for a
company. You can also use the information in the Teller Summary view to do
customer cross-selling. For example, if a message in the Alerts list applet alerts you
that a customer’s CD is maturing soon, you can discuss possibilities for rolling the
CD into another financial product. Then you can navigate to the Calendar screen to
create an appointment so that the customer can talk in more depth with your
branch’s New Accounts representative.

If the customer does not have an account, but wants to perform a transaction (for
example, cash a savings bond), you can handle the session in one of two ways. You
can create the contact, or you can use the Walkup Session button to go to the
Activities screen Sessions view to start a session for an anonymous contact. See
Figure 18-4 on page 18-9.

NOTE: After a banking session for a specified contact starts, each transaction is
entered as a service request. All the transactions (service requests) in one banking
session are combined to become a single activity request for that session when the
Submit button is clicked in the Activities screen Sessions view (see Figure 18-2).
The Activities screen Teller Session view is configured to handle multiple
transaction operations per customer session.

Submit button

Figure 18-2. Submit Button

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-7


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

To find an individual bank customer and the associated account


1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.
The My Contacts view appears.

2 Select the contact.


The contact record appears.

3 Click Summary on the view bar.


The Contact Summary view appears, providing a comprehensive overview of the
customer’s relationship with a bank, including the customer’s value to the
institution. If appropriate, you can scan the Summary applets for cross-selling
opportunities. For example, your bank may be having a campaign that you can
mention. Click the Start Teller Session button in the Customer form applet to
start a session. See Figure 18-3.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

Figure 18-3. Start Teller Session Button

To start a session when the customer is not a contact


If a person who is not a bank customer wants to perform a transaction, such as cash
a social security check, you can do so in one of two ways. You can add the person
as a contact without a financial account, or you can click the Walkup Session button
to start a session with an anonymous contact. See Figure 18-4 on page 18-9.

18-8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

1 Choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts.


The My Contacts view appears.

2 Perform one of the following:


 Create a contact, then select the contact and click Summary on the view bar.

The Contact Summary view appears.

You can check the Alerts list applet for customer alerts such as campaigns for
cross-selling opportunities, then click the Start Teller Session button in the
Customer form applet to start a session. See Figure 18-3 on page 18-8.

 Click the Walkup Session button in the Contacts list applet to start a session
for an anonymous customer. See Figure 18-4.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

3 Complete the Walkup Name and Identification fields in the Teller Session form
applet, then complete the transaction.

Walkup Session button

Figure 18-4. Walkup Session Button

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-9


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

To find a company’s bank customer and the associated account


1 Choose Screens  Companies  My Companies.
The My Companies view appears.

2 Select a company from the Companies list applet, then click Contacts on the
view bar.

The Company Contacts view appears, showing contacts associated with the
company.

3 Choose a contact.
a If one Contact record appears, perform the following.
 Click the hyperlink in the Last Name field in the Contacts list applet.

The Contact Activities view appears for the selected contact.

 Click Summary on the view bar.

The Contact Summary view appears.

 You can check the Alerts list applet for customer alerts such as campaigns
for cross-selling opportunities, then click the Start Teller Session button in
the Customer form applet to start a session. See Figure 18-3 on page 18-8.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

b If no contact appears, perform one of the following:


 Create a contact, then select the contact and click the hyperlink in the Last
Name field in the Contacts list applet.

The Contact Activities view appears for the selected contact.

 Click Summary on the view bar.

The Contact Summary view appears.

18-10 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

 You can check the Alerts list applet for customer alerts such as campaigns
for cross-selling opportunities, then click the Start Teller Session button in
the Customer form applet to start a session. See Figure 18-3 on page 18-8.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

 Choose Screens  Activities  Teller Sessions.


The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

Complete the Walkup Name and Identification fields in the Teller Session
form applet, then complete the transaction.

c If more than one contact appears, perform the following:


 Select the correct contact, then click the hyperlink in the Last Name field
in the Contacts list applet.

The Contact Activities view appears for the selected contact.

 Click Summary on the view bar.

The Contact Summary view appears.

 You can check the Alerts list applet for customer alerts such as campaigns
for cross-selling opportunities, then click the Start Teller Session button in
the Customer form applet to start a session. See Figure 18-3 on page 18-8.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

Viewing Your Teller Drawer Contents 18

The Teller Drawer screen My Teller Drawers view provides a read-only real-time
balance of the contents of your various containers; containers are defined as objects
used for holding a teller’s own bank currency and documents. A container can be
a drawer, tray, or bin.

To view your teller drawer contents


 Choose Screens  Teller Drawers  My Teller Drawers.
The Teller Drawers view appears, providing a read-only view of your drawers
and the associated bins and batches.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-11


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

Managing Bins and Batches 18

Bins are document containers as opposed to cash containers. A bin can hold all of
one type of document, such as all on-us checks (checks from your bank to your
bank); or it can hold several different types of documents, such as all checks. Your
bank defines the documents associated with each bin.

For each transaction, you’ll place the documents you receive from your customer
into the appropriate bins. For example, in completing a deposit transaction, your
customer can give you cash, checks, and a deposit slip. You put the cash into your
cash drawer and the deposit slip, checks, and cash-in ticket, which is a piece of
paper that replaces the cash, into one or multiple bins, depending on your bank’s
processes.

You’ll empty a bin when it’s full or when requested to do so by your supervisor
either on an ad hoc or scheduled basis. To empty a bin, you’ll collect the documents
into a batch. Batches are tracked and kept separate from one another; a bin can have
several batches associated with it during the course of the day. Each batch is kept
separate using a batch header ticket, which is printed and placed with the batch.
The batch header ticket records the time, date, day, document count, teller name
and number, and branch name and number.

Your bank can define or automate the batching of documents in its bins. For
example, a batch with associated printed batch header ticket can be run anytime
the document count reaches 100 documents. Or at the end of the day, all teller
batches can be set to run automatically, or an activity can be created to remind all
tellers at a certain time to close their bins by running all their batches.

To run a batch on a bin


Depending on the policy of your bank, you may need to keep track of the number
of documents in your bin or the time of day, so that you can run a batch when your
bin holds a certain number of documents or at a specified time. Batching a bin
requires both an automatic and manual procedure be performed so the system
balance can be compared with your manual balance.

1 Choose Screens  Teller Drawers  Batches.


The Batches view appears.

2 Select a bin from the Bins list applet,

18-12 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

3 Add a new record in the Batches list applet and fill in the fields.
The bin contents are automatically batched.

NOTE: Automatic batching of bins requires a configurator or your Siebel


administrator to integrate Siebel Financial Services with your existing bank
systems.

4 Manually batch your documents in your bin according to your bank’s


procedures.

Batching a bin requires both the automatic and manual procedures be performed
so the system balance can be compared with your manual balance.

Performing Customer Transactions 18

Typical customer transactions, including deposits, withdrawals, and service


requests such as stop payments, are performed in the Activities screen Teller Session
view.

You can use the List Items list applet or a related form applet to record the cash and
individual checks that you receive in the transaction. When you select a Type field
value in a Line Item list applet record, an associated Type form applet appears. For
example, if you make a new List Item record and choose Transit for transit check as
the Type, the Transit form applet appears below the List Item list applet. When you
fill in a field in either the Line Item list applet or the related form applet, the
common fields are automatically filled in the other applet.

Where appropriate within the form applets, calculators calculate read-only totals of
appropriate field values. For example, in a Deposit Less Cash form applet, the Net
Deposit field is a read-only sum of the Total Deposit, Cash In, Transit, On Us In, and
Less Cash fields.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-13


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

If cash denominating is required by your bank, contact a configurator or your Siebel


administrator for implementation.

NOTE: After a banking session for a specified contact starts, each transaction is
entered as a service request. All the transactions (service requests) in one banking
session are combined to become a single activity request for that session when the
Submit button is clicked in the Activities screen Sessions view (see Figure 18-2 on
page 18-7). The Sessions view is configured to handle multiple transaction
operations per customer session.

To record a deposit
1 Verify the customer and find the account.
For information about verifying a customer and finding an account, see “To find
an individual bank customer and the associated account” on page 18-8 or “To
find a company’s bank customer and the associated account” on page 18-10.

2 From the Summary view, click the Start Teller Session button in the Customer
form applet. See Figure 18-3 on page 18-8.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

3 Add a new record in the Transactions list applet for each transaction.
a Select Deposit in the Type field.

NOTE: To quickly add a new deposit transaction record, press CTRL+N, then
type 00 (zero zero).

b Fill in the Account # field with the number of the account into which you’ll
make the deposit.

c Select the currency in the Currency field.


The default is USD for United States dollars.

d If necessary, enter the effective date of the deposit in the Effective field.
The default is the current date and time.

 To change the effective time or date, click the down arrow in the Effective
field, then change the time or date.

18-14 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

4 Fill in the remaining appropriate fields in the Transactions list applet or Deposit
form applet.

5 For each deposit transaction, you can make separate records in the Line Items
list applet to show the cash and individual checks that make up the deposit.

a To list an individual deposit item, add a new record in the Line Items list
applet.

A form applet associated with the value chosen in the Type field in the Line
Items list applet appears.

b Fill out the necessary fields in the Line Items list applet or the associated form
applet.

NOTE: It may be your bank’s policy to record all deposited cash and checks
as individual line item records in the associated Line Items list applet. A
configurator or your Siebel Administrator can configure Siebel Financial
Services to make this a required action to complete the transaction.

6 After you’ve completed the transaction, you can click the Back button on the
History bar or the Threads button to return to the Summary view to perform
cross-selling activities.

To make deposits to two different accounts


A deposit can be made to one or two financial accounts within one transaction. For
example, if a customer wants to deposit a payroll check for $900 and wants $600 to
go into a checking account and $400 into a savings account, you can do in a single
transaction record in the Transaction list applet.

1 Verify the customer and find the account.


For information about verifying a customer and finding an account, see “To find
an individual bank customer and the associated account” on page 18-8 or “To
find a company’s bank customer and the associated account” on page 18-10.

2 From the Summary view, click the Start Teller Session button in the Customer
form applet. See Figure 18-3 on page 18-8.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-15


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

3 Add a new record in the Transactions list applet for each transaction.
a Select Split Deposit in the Type field.

NOTE: To quickly add a new split deposit transaction record, press CTRL+N,
then type 07 (zero seven).

b Select the currency in the Currency field.


The default is USD for United States dollars.

c Fill in the Primary Account field with the number of the account into which
you’ll make the first deposit.

NOTE: Be sure to fill in the Primary Account field, not the Account field, with
the account number. Make entries in the Split Deposit form applet, not the
Transactions list applet, to make sure that the correct fields are filled in.

d Fill in the Primary Amount field with the amount of money to be deposited.
e Fill in the Secondary Account field with the number of the account into
which you’ll make the second deposit.

f Fill in the Secondary Account Amount field with the amount of money to be
deposited.

g If necessary, enter the effective date of the deposit in the Effective field.
The default is the current date and time.

 To change the effective time or date, click the down arrow in the Effective
field, then change the time or date.

4 Fill in the remaining appropriate fields in the Transactions list applet or Split
Deposit form applet.

18-16 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

5 For each deposit transaction, you can make separate records in the Line Items
list applet to show the cash and individual checks that make up the deposit.

a To list an individual deposit item, add a new record in the Line Items list
applet.

A form applet associated with the value chosen in the Type field in the Line
Items list applet appears.

b Fill out the necessary fields in the Line Items list applet or the associated form
applet.

6 After you’ve completed the transaction, you can click the Back button on the
History bar or the Threads button to return to the Summary view to perform
cross-selling activities.

To make deposits with cash back


Deposits can have both cash in and cash out related to the transaction; the cash for
a deposit transaction needs to be tracked both when coming into and going out of
your drawer. For example, if a customer wants to deposit $50 to a checking account
and presents you with a $100 bill, you’ll create a deposit transaction with both cash-
in and cash-out records.

1 Verify the customer and find the account.


For information about verifying a customer and finding an account, see “To find
an individual bank customer and the associated account” on page 18-8 or “To
find a company’s bank customer and the associated account” on page 18-10.

2 From the Summary view, click the Start Teller Session button in the Customer
form applet. See Figure 18-3 on page 18-8.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

3 Add a new record in the Transactions list applet for each transaction.
a Select Deposit Less Cash in the Type field.

NOTE: To quickly add a new deposit less cash transaction record, press
CTRL+N, then type 01 (zero one).

b Fill in the Account # field with the number of the account into which you’ll
make the deposit.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-17


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

c Select the currency in the Currency field.


The default is USD for United States dollars.

d If necessary, enter the effective date of the deposit in the Effective field.
The default is the current date and time.

 To change the effective time or date, click the down arrow in the Effective
field, then change the time or date.

4 Fill in the remaining appropriate fields in the Transactions list applet or Deposit
Less Cash form applet.

5 For each deposit transaction, you can make separate records in the Line Items
list applet to show the cash and individual checks that make up the deposit.

a To list an individual deposit item, add a new record in the Line Items list
applet.

A form applet associated with the value chosen in the Type field in the Line
Items list applet appears.

b Fill out the necessary fields in the Line Items list applet or the associated form
applet.

NOTE: It may be your bank’s policy to record all deposited cash and checks
as individual line item records in the associated Line Items list applet. A
configurator or your Siebel Administrator can configure Siebel Financial
Services to make this a required action to complete the deposit transaction.

6 After you’ve completed the transaction, you can click the Back button on the
History bar or the Threads button to return to the Summary view to perform
cross-selling activities.

18-18 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

To record a withdrawal or cash a check


If a customer wants to make withdrawals from more than one account in one
transaction, it is not necessary to record the withdrawals as from multiple accounts.
Withdrawals do not require the denominating of cash received; however, if this is
your bank’s policy, a configurator or your Siebel Administrator can configure Siebel
Financial Systems to do so. For more information about configuration, see Siebel
Tools Guide.

1 Verify the customer and find the account.


For information about verifying a customer and finding an account, see “To find
an individual bank customer and the associated account” on page 18-8 or “To
find a company’s bank customer and the associated account” on page 18-10.

2 From the Summary view, click the Start Teller Session button in the Customer
form applet. See Figure 18-3 on page 18-8.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

3 Add a new record in the Transactions list applet for each transaction.
a If the transaction is a withdrawal, select Withdraw in the Type field. If the
transaction is a check cashing, select Check Cashing in the Type field.

NOTE: To quickly add a new withdrawal transaction record, press CTRL+N,


then type 02 (zero two). To quickly add a check-cashing transaction record,
press CTRL+N, then type 03 (zero three).

b If performing a withdrawal, fill in the Account # field with the number of the
account from which you’ll make the withdrawal.

c Select the currency in the Currency field.


The default is USD for United States dollars.

d If necessary, enter the effective date of the transaction in the Effective field.
The default is the current date and time.

 To change the effective time or date, click the down arrow in the Effective
field, then change the time or date.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-19


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

4 Fill in the remaining appropriate fields in the Transactions list applet or the in
the case of a withdrawal transaction, the Withdraw form applet; and in the case
of a check cashing transaction, the Check Cashing form applet.

NOTE: It may be your bank’s policy to record all withdrawals and checks cashed
as individual line item records in the associated Line Items list applet. A
configurator or your Siebel Administrator can configure Siebel Financial Services
to make this a required action to complete the transaction.

5 After you’ve completed the transaction, you can click the Back button on the
History bar or the Threads button to return to the Summary view to perform
cross-selling activities.

To handle a payment
You can make a customer payment, such as a car loan or mortgage payment, in the
Sessions view Transaction list applet.

1 Verify the customer and find the account.


For information about verifying a customer and finding an account, see “To find
an individual bank customer and the associated account” on page 18-8 or “To
find a company’s bank customer and the associated account” on page 18-10.

2 From the Summary view, click the Start Teller Session button in the Customer
form applet. See Figure 18-3 on page 18-8.

The Activities screen Sessions view appears.

3 Add a new record in the Transactions list applet for each transaction.
a Select Payments in the Type field.

NOTE: To quickly add a new payment transaction record, press CTRL+N,


then type 04 (zero four).

b Fill in the Account # field with the number of the account of the payment.
c Select the currency in the Currency field.
The default is USD for United States dollars.

18-20 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

d Fill in the Amount field with the amount of the payment.


e If necessary, enter the effective date in the Effective field.
The default is the current date and time.

 To change the effective time or date, click the down arrow in the Effective
field, then change the time or date.

4 Fill in the remaining appropriate fields in the Transactions list applet or Payment
form applet.

5 For each payment transaction, you can make separate records in the Line Items
list applet to show the cash and individual checks that make up the payment.

a To list an individual payment item, add a new record in the Line Items list
applet.

A form applet associated with the value chosen in the Type field in the Line
Items list applet appears.

b Fill out the necessary fields in the Line Items list applet or the associated form
applet.

NOTE: It may be your bank’s policy to record all cash and checks related to a
payment as individual line item records in the associated Line Items list
applet. A configurator or your Siebel Administrator can configure Siebel
Financial Services to make this a required action to complete the transaction.

6 After you’ve completed the transaction, you can click the Back button on the
History bar or the Threads button to return to the Summary view to perform
cross-selling activities.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-21


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

Placing Transaction Holds 18

If a customer wants to deposit or cash a check that is out of the ordinary (for
example, above a certain limit or from an unusual source), the check can be placed
on transaction hold to make sure that there are adequate funds to cover the check.

NOTE: A “hold” on a transaction is not the same as a holdover schedule. A hold


determines if posted funds are available for immediate use or must be held until
later for use. Transaction holds are regulated in the United States. A holdover
schedule determines if a transaction is posted to an account on the calendar day it
is processed, or will be held over for posting on the next business day.

To place a transaction hold


1 Add a new record in the Transactions list applet for each transaction.
a Select the transaction type in the Type field.
b Fill in the Account # field with the number of the account associated with the
transaction.

c Select the currency in the Currency field.


The default is USD for United States dollars.

d If necessary, enter the effective date of the deposit in the Effective field.
The default is the current date and time.

 To change the effective time or date, click the down arrow in the Effective
field, then change the time or date.

e Select a value from the Hold field.


2 Fill in the remaining appropriate fields in the Transactions list applet or
appropriate form applet.

18-22 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

3 For each hold transaction, you can make separate records in the Line Items list
applet to show the cash and individual checks that make up the hold.

a To list an individual hold item, add a new record in the Line Items list applet.
b Select a hold type in the Hold field.
c Fill out other necessary fields.

NOTE: Your branch manager or those with the required administrative


responsibilities set up your bank’s funds availability matrix in the Branch
Services Administration screen. During a transaction, the availability matrix
is automatically accessed when a line item has a Hold field value of
Exception, Non Local, or Local.

4 After you’ve completed the transaction, you can click the Back button on the
History bar or the Threads button to return to the Summary view to perform
cross-selling activities.

Ending a Customer Session 18

When you’ve performed all the customer transactions in one session, you end the
session by clicking the Submit button. See Figure 18-2 on page 18-7. This combines
all the transactions (which are stored as service requests) in the contact’s banking
session to become a single activity request for that session.

To end a customer session


 Click the Submit button in the Teller Session form applet at the end of each
customer session. See Figure 18-2 on page 18-7.

All the transactions (which are stored as service requests) in the contact’s
banking session are combined to become a single activity request for that
session.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-23


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

Transferring Funds Between Trays and Tellers 18

At times you’ll need to transfer currency between your working and reserve drawers
to maintain an appropriate amount of cash in each. At times you’ll need to make a
teller exchange transaction, which is a buying or selling of currency from or to
another teller or the bank vault.

NOTE: At this time, Siebel Financial Services is pre-configured to demonstrate the


transferring of funds between trays within your cash drawer and to another teller.

To transfer funds between trays


1 Choose Screens  Teller Drawers  Transfers.
The Transfers view appears.

2 Add the new record in the Transfers list applet and complete the fields.
a To transfer funds between trays, select a tray in the list applet.
b Select a value in the Tray (To) field to select the tray to or from which the
funds are being bought or sold.

NOTE: The fields used to track the transaction status are configured to hold
values that can be submitted to the host to send to your bank’s mainframe
when Siebel Financial Services is integrated with your bank’s system.

To perform a teller exchange transaction


1 Choose Screens  Teller Drawers  Transfers.
The Transfers view appears.

2 Add the new record in the Transfers list applet and complete the fields.
3 Select a value in the Teller (To) field to select the teller to or from whom the
funds are being bought or sold.

NOTE: The fields used to track the transaction status are configured to hold
values that can be submitted to the host to send to your bank’s mainframe when
Siebel Financial Services is integrated with your bank’s system.

18-24 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

Performing a Drawer or Tray Settlement 18

Settling a drawer involves denominating your bills (counting the currency) in your
drawer. You’ll record the bill denominations and the number of bills by
denomination; the currency is totaled automatically. In essence this is a manual
recording of the cash funds in your drawers to be reconciled with your bank’s
system balance. If your balance is more or less than the system calculates it should
be, this leads to an over or short posting.

Processing of the over or short posting requires an override by your supervisor or


someone with the required responsibilities. For more information about over and
short postings, see “To handle over and short postings” on page 18-26

You must perform a settlement transaction before you complete your final log-off
each day.

To perform a drawer or tray settlement before daily log-off


1 Choose Screens  Teller Drawers  Settlements.
The Settlements view appears.

2 Choose a drawer in the Drawer list applet (use the Toggle button to see the list
applet if necessary) to settle a drawer.

Pick the drawer; a list of currency trays appears.

3 Select a tray.
4 Add a new record in the Settlement Items list applet.
5 Enter the cash denomination counts.
a For each currency that you count (for example, twenty dollar bills), enter the
the number of bills (for example 10), in the Count field.

b The Amount field automatically fills with the dollar total.


c Continue until you have counted all the funds in your tray.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-25


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

6 Settle all your trays.


a If your balance is the same as the bank system balance for your trays, you
are done.

b If you need to settle your drawer by posting an over or short transaction,


perform an over or short posting. See “To handle over and short postings” on
page 18-26.

NOTE: A configurator or your Siebel Administrator can integrate Siebel


Financial Services with your bank’s systems to perform settlement functions.

Processing Over and Short Postings 18

Processing an over or short posting requires an override by your branch manager or


someone with the required responsibilities.

NOTE: Recording a transaction that balances a teller’s drawer requires integration


between Siebel Financial Services and your bank’s internal system.

To handle over and short postings


1 Choose Screens  Teller Drawers  Over/Short Posts.
The Over/Short Posts view appears.

2 Add a record in the Over/Short Posts list applet for the difference between your
settlement balance and the bank system’s settlement balance.

If you have more money in your tray than your system says you should have,
create an over transaction. If you have less money, create a short transaction.

3 Complete the settlement record to post the over or short transaction to balance
your totals.

The transaction appears in the Settlements list applet in the Settlements view.

4 Contact your branch manager or the employee with the required responsibilities
to override your over/short posting.

18-26 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

Ordering a Statement Copy and Other Service Requests 18

If a customer requests a copy of a monthly bank statement or requests a stop


payment on a check, you can handle the transaction by performing a service
request. You can perform many customer service requests using the Service Request
screen Account Services view.

NOTE: A configurator or your Siebel Administrator can configure Siebel Financial


Services to perform specific service request functions using the Teller Activities
screen. For more information about configuration, see Siebel Tools Guide.

To order a statement copy


1 Choose one of the following depending on whether your customer is an
individual or a company bank customer:

 For individual customers, choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts


The My Contacts view appears.

 For bank customers, choose Screens  Companies  My Companies.


The My Companies view appears.

2 Select a contact.
The contact record appears.

3 Click Service Request on the view bar.


The Customer Service Request view appears.

4 Right-click to create a new record in the Service Request list applet.


5 Click in the Type field to set the type of service request.
The Service Request Product dialog box appears.

6 Select Bank from the Product list applet, then click Pick.
The service request is now of type Bank.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-27


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

7 Click in the Area field to set the area of the service request.
The Pick Service Request Area dialog box appears.

8 Select Statement Copy from the Area list applet, then click Pick.
The service request is now for a bank statement copy.

NOTE: You can also perform many customer service requests using the Service
Request screen Account Services view.

For more information about service requests, see Chapter 6, “Service Requests,” or
Siebel Financial Services Guide.

To perform a stop payment


1 Choose one of the following depending on whether your customer is an
individual or a company bank customer:

 For individual customers, choose Screens  Contacts  My Contacts


The My Contacts view appears. Select a contact.

 For bank customers, choose Screens  Companies  My Companies.


The My Companies view appears. Select a contact.

2 Click Service Request on the view bar.


The Customer Service Request view appears.

3 Right-click to create a new record in the Service Request list applet.


4 Click in the Type field to set the type of service request.
The Service Request Product dialog box appears.

5 Select Bank from the Product list applet, then click Pick.
The service request is now of type Bank.

6 Click in the Area field to set the area of the service request.
The Pick Service Request Area dialog box appears.

18-28 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Teller Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

7 Select Stop Payment from the Area list applet, then click Pick.
The service request is now for a bank stop payment.

NOTE: You can also perform many customer service requests using the Service
Request screen Account Services view.

For more information about service requests, see Chapter 6, “Service Requests,” or
Siebel Financial Services Guide.

Handling Security Bills 18

Security bills are bills that are specially delineated for tracing. If, in case of a
robbery, you are asked for cash, you can hand the person “bait” bills that have
recorded serial numbers for easy tracing. Or you can hand the person “trap” bills
that contain an exploding ink packet that marks the bills for easy tracing.

NOTE: Security bills are associated with your drawer and must be denominated in
your daily drawer settlement.

To handle security bills


1 Choose Screens  Teller Drawers  Security.
The Security view appears.

2 Choose a drawer from the Drawers list applet.


3 Choose a tray associated with the selected drawer from the Trays list applet.
4 Add a new record in the Security Devices list applet for each bait and trap bill
and complete the fields. Some of the fields are described in the following table:

Field Value Description

Device Bait Bills with serial numbers that are recorded so they can be
traced in the case of a robbery.

Device Trap Bills with exploding ink within the packet.

SN# Serial number of the bill.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-29


Teller Drawers
Bank Manager Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

Bank Manager Tasks Involving Teller Drawers 18

The following sections describe some of the most common tasks bank mangers or
supervisors can perform in the Teller Drawers screen:

 “Opening a Branch” on page 18-30


 “Closing a Branch” on page 18-31
 “Running Reports” on page 18-32

Opening a Branch 18

Opening a branch requires you to perform a series of steps manually; other steps
can happen automatically after being set up by a configurator or your Siebel
administrator.

NOTE: A configurator or your Siebel administrator can automate branch opening to


be associated with the manager’s daily log-on. Upon starting, Siebel Financial
Services can begin by displaying a message such as “Would you like to open the
branch?” When you select Yes, the system opens the branch using pre-established
defaults.

To automate branch opening steps, see the Administrative task “Opening a Branch”.

The following steps occur to open a branch:

NOTE: Some of the steps below require a configurator or your Siebel administrator
to integrate Siebel Financial Services with your existing bank systems.

 You or an authorized user logs into the system.


 You navigate to Branch Services Administration  
Branch All Branches,
Activities or Activity Plans view, then follow your bank’s procedure for opening
the branch for cash transactions.

NOTE: Opening a branch for cash transactions requires integrating Siebel


Financial Services with your bank’s internal systems.

18-30 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Bank Manager Tasks Involving Teller Drawers

 The authorized user can view, modify, and set the branch holdover time.
 The “ledgers” open, creating the electronic journal for the processing day,
initializing the cash drawers and totals, and authenticating the branch
employees’ log-ons.

To open a branch
1 Choose Screens  Branch Services Administration  Branch  All Branches.
The Branch view appears.

2 Select a branch.
3 In the Status field, select Opened from the Status field picklist.
Once you receive confirmation from your bank’s host computer, the branch is
now open.

NOTE: Opening a branch for cash transactions requires integrating Siebel


Financial Services with your bank’s internal systems.

Closing a Branch 18

Follow your bank’s existing procedures to prepare for a branch close. Often banks
require that all branch totals must be run and all users must be signed off from the
system before a branch can be closed.

To close a branch
1 Choose Screens  Branch Services Administration  Branch  All Branches.
The Branch view appears.

2 Select a branch.
3 In the Status field, select Closed from the Status field picklist.
Once you receive confirmation from your bank’s host computer, your branch is
closed.

NOTE: Closing a branch for requires integrating Siebel Financial Services with
your bank’s internal systems.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-31


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

Running Reports 18

Siebel Financial Services provides actuate reports, which are required by the United
States government, listing the transactions of more than $10,000.

In addition, a configurator or your Siebel administrator can create custom reports.


For more information on creating reports, see Siebel Reports Guide.

To run an actuate report


 For information on actuate reports, see the following guides:
 Siebel Reports Guide
 Siebel Client Installation and Administration Guide

Administrative Tasks 18

This section contains information about administrative tasks associated with the
Branch Services Administration screen. Some of the tasks that can be performed
are:

 “Creating a Bank Organization and a Branch” on page 18-34

 “Adding an Employee and Setting Security” on page 18-35


 “Creating a Container with Default Limits” on page 18-39
 “Performing Bin and Batch Administration” on page 18-41
 “Assigning a Teller to a Cash Drawer and Setting Limits” on page 18-42
 “Creating a Holdover Schedule” on page 18-44
 “Setting Transaction Override Limits” on page 18-45
 “Creating Daily Branch Activities” on page 18-47

NOTE: Only those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as


Siebel administrators, can perform administrative tasks.

18-32 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

Figure 18-5 shows the Branch  All Branches view in the Branch Services
Administration screen.

Figure 18-5. Branch View

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-33


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

Creating a Bank Organization and a Branch 18

Each bank branch must be created and defined in Siebel Financial Services in order
to create drawers, associate tellers, set limits, create schedules, and set up branch
opening and closing activities. To create a branch, first a banking organization is
created in the Application Administration screen Divisions view. Then branches are
created as internal divisions of the banking organizations in the same view.

Further defining bank branches or adding new branches can be done in the Branch
Services Administration screen, which updates the information in the Application
Administration screen Divisions view. You can also use the Branch Services
Administration screen to create teller drawers, associate tellers with the branch, set
limits, create schedules, and set up branch opening and closing activities.

To create a bank organization and a branch


1 Choose Screens  Application Administration  Divisions.
The Organization Administration view appears.

2 Create the banking organization as a default organization.


a Add a new record in the Divisions list applet.
b Complete the fields.
 Select Default Organization in the Parent Division Name field.

 Select Default Organization in the Organization field.

The banking organization is now a default organization.

NOTE: Choose Screens  


Application Administration Organizations 
Organizations, then create a new record in the Organizations list applet to
create a division that is part of a different organization.

18-34 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

3 Create a bank branch.


a Add a new record in the Divisions list applet.
b Complete the fields.
 Select the name of the bank organization in the Parent Division Name
field and select Branch in the Type field.

The bank branch is now a division of the banking organization.

NOTE: You must select Branch in the Type field; otherwise the branch record

will not be displayed in Branch Services Administration Branch All 
Branches.

To view and update all branches associated with a banking organization.


1 Choose Screens  Branch Services Administration  Branch  All Branches.
The Branch view appears listing all the branches associated with the banking
organization.

2 Add a new record or update an existing record.


The record is added or updated, and the addition or change can be seen in the
identical record in the Application Administration screen Divisions view.

Adding an Employee and Setting Security 18

Each branch has associated employees, who are issued privileges and
responsibilities according to their position type (as opposed to position). Employees
are first created in the Application Administration screen, using the Position Type
field to set each employee’s security.

NOTE: The Position Type field is different from the Position field. The Position field
can be used to define positions according to the job titles used by your banking
organization or branch. The Position Type field is used by Siebel Financial Services
to set a bank employee’s security.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-35


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

To add an employee and set security


1 Choose Screens  Application Administration  Employees  Employees.
The Employee Administration view appears.

2 Add a new record for each employee in the Employees list applet and complete
the fields. For more information, see the Siebel Applications Administration
Guide.

3 Set the employee’s security by clicking on the Position field.


The Positions Occupied dialog box appears.

4 Click New to add a new position.


The Add Positions dialog box appears.

5 Select a Position containing the Position Type field most appropriate to the
employee by choosing either Teller, Teller Supervisor, or Branch Manager from
the Add Positions list applet, then click Add.

NOTE: You must select either Teller, Teller Supervisor, or Branch Manager in the
Position Type field; if you select any other value, the employee will not be
 
displayed in Branch Services Administration Teller Tellers.

The employee’s position and position type are now defined in the Positions
Occupied dialog box.

NOTE: The Position Type field is different from the Position field. The Position
field can be used to define positions according to the job titles used by your
banking organization or branch. The Position Type field is used by Siebel
Financial Services to set a bank employee’s security. You can add, change, or
delete employee positions, as well as associate a Position Type value with each
Position, in the Application Administration screen Positions view.

6 Click Close in the Positions Occupied dialog box.


The employee’s position, position type, and associated security are now defined.

18-36 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

To view all employees associated with a branch


1 Choose Screens  Branch Services Administration  Teller  Tellers.
The All Tellers view appears showing a filtered list of the employees associated
with your branch and having the Position Type field values of Teller, Teller
Supervisor, or Branch Manager.

NOTE: Only those with the required administrative responsibilities, such as


Siebel administrators, can add, change, or delete employee positions in the
Application Administration screen Positions view.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-37


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

Figure 18-6 shows the Teller  Containers view in the Branch Services
Administration screen.

Figure 18-6. Containers View

18-38 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

Creating a Container with Default Limits 18

Each branch has associated containers, which are trays, bins, and cash drawers;
each container has a default limit.

Limits provide a mechanism to monitor processes or accumulated funds amounts


and prevent them from being exceeded. A teller can have all or some of the
following limits:

 transaction limits
 cash handling limits
 cash drawer limits
 hold approval limits
For example, if a teller has a “less cash limit” of $1,000 and a customer presents a
deposit less cash transaction with a request for $2,000 cash back, the system will
prevent the teller from completing the transaction.

A bank branch can have several different types of limits, including on-line and off-
line limits. On-line limits are in effect when the system connection to the host is on-
line; off-line limits are in effect when the system connection to the host is lost.

To create a drawer with default limits


1 Choose Screens  Branch Services Administration  Branch  All Branches.
The Branch view appears.

2 Select a branch, then click Drawers on the view bar.


The Drawers view appears.

3 Add a new record for each drawer in Drawers list applet.


4 Fill in the appropriate fields.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-39


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

5 To set limits that apply to all branch containers, click Limits on the view bar.
The Limits view appears.

6 Add a new record in the Limits list applet for your branch’s drawer limits and
complete the fields.

NOTE: The limits assigned in the Branch Services Administration  Branch 


Limits view apply to all teller containers at your branch. You can also assign

limits to specific teller containers in the Branch Services Administration Teller
 Limits view. For example, if a teller is inexperienced and in training, you may
want to assign lower limits. Or if a teller is highly experienced, you may want to
assign higher limits. For more information on assigning teller limits, see “To set
a teller’s limits” on page 18-43.

To create a tray or bin with default limits


1 Choose Screens  Branch Services Administration  Teller  Tellers.
The Tellers view appears.

2 Select a teller, then click Containers on the view bar.


The Containers view appears.

3 Create trays and bins by adding a new record for each tray and bin in the Trays
and Bins list applets, respectively.

NOTE: Each tray and bin needs to be associated with a drawer by selecting the
drawer record in the Drawers list applet before creating the associated tray or bin
in the appropriate list applet.

18-40 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

4 To set limits that apply to all branch containers, click Limits on the view bar.
The Limits view appears.

5 Add a new record in the Limits list applet for each container’s limits and
complete the fields.

NOTE: The limits assigned in the Branch Services Administration  Branch 


Limits view apply to all teller containers at your branch. You can also assign
limits to specific teller containers in the Branch Services Administration 

Teller Limits view. For example, if a teller is inexperienced and in training, you
may want to assign lower limits. Or if a teller is highly experienced, you may
want to assign higher limits. For more information on assigning teller limits, see
“To set a teller’s limits” on page 18-43.

Performing Bin and Batch Administration 18

Your branch can automate the batching of documents in your tellers’ bins. For
example, anytime the document count in a bin reaches 100 documents, a batch can
run and a batch header ticket printed. Or at the end of the day, all the tellers’
batches can be run automatically or an activity can be created to remind tellers to
close their bins by running all the batches.

Since each bank can have different rules for performing bin and batch
administration, a configurator or your Siebel Administrator can set up your bank’s
specific processes. For more information about configuring Siebel Financial
Services, see Siebel Tools Guide or Siebel Applications Administration Guide.

To perform bin and batch administration


1 Choose Screens  Branch Services Administration  Branch  All Branches.
The Branch view appears.

2 Select a branch, then click Batches on the view bar.


The Batches view appears.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-41


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

3 Select a bin in the Bins list applet, then add a new record in the Batches list
applet.

The Add Batch dialog box appears.

4 Fill in the fields, then click Close.


A batch is associated with a specific bin.

NOTE: Siebel Financial Services provides a front-end user interface only. When
this interface is integrated with your bank’s system, batching of bins will occur
when the bin document counts increment as documents are added.

Assigning a Teller to a Cash Drawer and Setting Limits 18

Just as each drawer is associated with a branch, each teller must be associated with
one or more cash drawers.

Limits provide a mechanism to monitor processes or accumulated funds amounts


and prevent them from being exceeded. A teller can have all or some of the
following limits:

 transaction limits
 cash handling limits
 cash drawer limits
 hold approval limits
For example, if a teller has a “less cash limit” of $1,000 and a customer presents a
deposit less cash transaction with a request for $2,000 cash back, the system
prevents the teller from completing the transaction.

The Teller Drawers view in the Activity screen is read-only for the teller for viewing
of the teller’s own drawer and bin limits; the actual limits are set in the Branch
 
Services Administration Branch Limits view .

18-42 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

 
The limits created in the Branch Services Administration Branch Limits view
apply to all teller containers at your branch. You can also assign limits to specific
 
teller containers in the Services Administration Teller Limits view. For example,
if a teller is inexperienced and in training, you may want to assign lower limits. Or
if a teller is highly experienced, you may want to assign higher limits.

To assign a teller to a cash drawer


1 Choose Screens  Branch Services Administration  Branch  All Branches.
The Branch view appears.

2 Select a branch in the Branch list applet, then click Drawers on the view bar.
The Drawers view appears.

3 Select a drawer in the Drawers list applet. If a drawer does not exist, add a
record.

For more information on adding drawers, see “To create a drawer with default
limits” on page 18-39.

4 Click the Teller field in the Drawer list applet.


The Pick Teller dialog box appears.

5 Select a teller. If a teller does not exist, add a record.


For more information on adding employees, see “To add an employee and set
security” on page 18-36.

6 Click Pick.
The selected teller is now associated with the specified drawer.

To set a teller’s limits


1 Choose Screens  Branch Services Administration  Tellers  Tellers.
The All Tellers view appears.

2 Select a teller. If a teller does not exist, add a record.


For more information on adding employees, see “To add an employee and set
security” on page 18-36.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-43


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

3 Select Limits on the view bar.


The Teller Limits view appears.

4 Add a new record in the Limits list applet and complete the fields. Some of the
fields are described in the following table.

Field Description

Type Limit type.

Sec. Type Secondary type of limit that can be defined by your banking
organization.

Tert. Type Tertiary type of limit that can be defined by your banking
organization.

Offline High Highest cash amount allowed when the connection to the host
computer is lost.

Offline Low Lowest amount allowed when the connection to the host computer is
lost.

Online High Highest amount allowed when the connection to the host computer
is in effect.

Online Low Lowest amount allowed when the connection to the host computer is
in effect.

Max Balance Maximum cash balance allowed.

Max Count Maximum document count allowed in bin or batch.

Creating a Holdover Schedule 18

A holdover schedule is created to make a time during each business day after which
transactions are credited (or held over) to the next business day. For example, your
branch may invoke the holdover after 4:00 PM on Monday through Thursday, 5:00
on Friday, and 12:00 noon on Saturday, so that transactions after those times are
posted on the next business day.

18-44 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

The holdover schedule is a calendar function; an authorized user sets up a holdover


time for each day and can set an alarm (an alert activity) to alert all tellers logged
into the system that the holdover time is approaching. Alerts and activities can also
be used to cut off bins, run batches, and set electronic journaling to record on the
next business day transactions occurring after the holdover cut-off time.

The date, day, and time of the day’s holdover is displayed in the Branch Services
Administration screen Schedules view. You can modify the holdover time at the time
of branch open. This change is submitted to the mainframe via the host as part of
the branch open transaction.

NOTE: A holdover schedule is not the same thing as a “hold” on a transaction. A


holdover schedule determines if a transaction is posted to an account on the
calendar day it is processed, or if it is held over for posting on the next business day.
A hold determines if posted funds are available for immediate use or must be held
until later for use. A transaction hold is a regulated event in the United States.

To create a holdover schedule


You can set up daily branch activities, including warning messages to alert tellers
that a holdover time is approaching or has arrived.

1 Choose Screens  Branch Services Administration  Branch  Branches.


The Branch view appears.

2 Select a branch.
The selected branch record appears.

3 Select Schedule on the view bar.


The Schedules view appears.

4 Add a new record and fill in the fields for each Holdover.

Setting Transaction Override Limits 18

Transaction limits provide a mechanism for monitoring and limiting processes or


accumulated container totals. A teller can have all or some of the following limits:

 transaction limits
 cash handling limits

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-45


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

 cash drawer limits


 hold approval limits
For example, if a teller has a “less cash limit” of $1,000 and a customer presents a
deposit less cash transaction with a request for $2,000 cash back, the system will
prevent the teller from completing the transaction.

Sometimes you will want to override a limit. For example, in the example above,
when the error message telling the teller that the transaction limit has been
exceeded is also automatically routed to you, you can choose to override the error
message. If you know the customer and are aware that the customer maintains a
high balance and has high customer value, you can approve the transaction. You
can also allow the teller to choose another authorized employee to approve the
transaction. After the transaction is approved by someone with a limit that allows
the transaction to be processed, the request is sent to the host (probably a
mainframe) for processing.

A configurator or your Siebel administrator can use Siebel VB program data


validation routines to enforce specific business rules before or after performing
record manipulation operations, such as record writes and deletes or transaction
overrides. For more information on validation routines, see Siebel Tools Guide.

To set transaction override limits


1 Choose Screens  Branch Services Administration  Branch  All Branches.
The Branch view appears.

2 Select a branch.
The selected branch record appears.

3 Select Overrides on the view bar.


The Overrides view appears.

4 Add a new record and fill in the fields for each Override.

NOTE: The Subtype field is required.

18-46 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Teller Drawers
Administrative Tasks

Creating Daily Branch Activities 18

Activity plans can be used to denote the steps or activities that need to be completed
to close a branch. Activity plans can also be used to remind tellers to close their bins
by running all the batches.

To create daily branch activities


1 Choose Screens  Branch Services Administration  Branch  All Branches.
The Branch view appears.

2 Select a branch.
The selected branch record appears.

3 Select Activity Plans on the view bar.


The Activity Plans view appears.

4 Add a new record in the Activity Plans applet and complete the fields.
Select an activity plan template from the template field. For information on
creating an activity template, see Siebel Assistant Administration Guide.

5 Add a new record in the Activities list applet and complete the fields.

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 18-47


Teller Drawers
Information for Configurators

Information for Configurators 18

Siebel Financial Services Teller Drawers is a front-end user interface only, and does
not provide out-of-the-box integration. All messages routing to mainframes involve
integration with the bank’s internal system, which is not covered in this guide.

The functionality requiring integration—for example card swipes, session


management, and on-line receipt printing—can be implemented using Siebel Tools
and the Siebel Financial Services User Interface Utilities; however, specific
instructions are not covered in this guide. For more information, see Siebel
eBusiness Application Integration Guide.

18-48 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Index

A Activity Plans view fields, table of 18-47


access exceptions administrative tasks
about 13-2 access exceptions 13-8
access exception records, applications 8-14 to 8-18
modifying 13-5 Company administration view,
administrative tasks, list, setting access using 2-13 to 2-14
level 13-9 list management 16-7 to 16-8
administrative tasks, literature, setting literature 12-5 to 12-6
access level 13-8 securities 9-8 to 9-11
all exceptions, viewing 13-5 site locator 17-5 to 17-6
business scenario 13-2 teller drawers 18-32 to 18-47
chart by type, creating 13-6 WSBCC Teller 15-12 to 15-13
list, viewing associated with 13-7 applet events, table of default events 15-20
literature, viewing access exceptions Application form applet, navigating to other
associated with 13-7 fields 11-5
screen example 13-3 application workflow, setting up 11-12
views available, table of 13-4 applications
Access Exceptions screen See Also applications, administrative
description 1-4 tasks
views, table of 13-4 about 8-2
account assigning 8-11
details, viewing 15-10 business scenario 8-2 to 8-3
summaries. viewing 15-9 business services information, table of
Account Category attribute, about 7-12 views 8-13
Account Type attribute, about 7-12 Companies screen, accessing from 8-5
accounts, finding individual’s 7-8 Contacts screen, accessing from 8-5
activities creating 8-8
about 4-2 guarantor records, creating 8-13
Activities screen and views, example 4-3 mortgage application information, table
business scenario 4-2 of views 8-12
finance call, adding 4-5 mortgage views 8-12
literature, distributing using email 4-5 Next button, about using to complete
screen example 4-3 applications 8-8 to 8-9
screen views, table of 4-4 Next button, using to complete
tasks summary 4-5 applications 8-10
views available, table of 4-4 screen, using and example 8-3 to 8-4
Activities list applet fields, table of 18-47 trailing documents 8-11

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 1


Index

trailing documents, creating or batch, running on a bin 18-12


modifying 8-11 to 8-12 creating and setting default limits 18-39
viewing 8-7 to 18-40, 18-40 to 18-41
views available, table of 8-5 to 8-7 branch
applications, administrative tasks closing 18-31
See Also applications closing, table of sign offs 18-31
application workflow, setting up 8-14 containers, creating and setting
sales method, adding sales stages limits 18-39 to 18-40
to 8-18 creating 18-34 to 18-35
sales method, creating 8-18 daily activities, creating and
architecture, description 1-5 assigning 18-47
asset information 3-36 employees, viewing employees associated
audience for guide Intro-2 with 18-37
Auto Application button tray, bin, creating and setting
using to apply for multiple limits 18-40 to 18-41
products 3-19, 3-22, 3-33 Business Relationship Management module,
using to create application 11-4 to 11-5 about 1-5
Auto Login, default login information, business scenarios
adding 15-13 access exceptions 13-2
activities 4-2
B applications 8-2 to 8-3
bank customer companies 2-2 to 2-3
and associated account, about contacts 3-2
finding 18-7 events calendar 5-2
company’s, finding bank customer 2-10 financial accounts 7-2 to 7-3
to 2-12, 3-25 to 3-27, 18-10 to 18-11 holdings 14-3
finding 2-10 to 2-12 interests 14-3
individual customer and associated investors 10-2
account, finding 3-23 to 3-24, 18-8 list management 16-2
bank manager, tasks involving drawer literature 12-2
See Also teller drawers; teller drawers, products 11-2
tasks; teller drawer, administrative securities 9-3
tasks service request 6-2
branch close, table of sign offs 18-31 site locator 17-2
branch, about opening 18-30 to 18-31 teller drawers 18-4
branch, closing 18-31 WSBCC teller 15-6
reports, about and running 18-32 business service configuration
bank teller. See teller See Also WSBCC Teller
batches applet events, default 15-20
about 18-12 custom solutions, creating 15-19
batching documents, performing 18-41 FINS IBC login adapter methods, table
bin, running a batch on 18-12 of 15-14
bills, handling security bills 18-29 FINS IBC Transaction Adapter method
bins arguments, table of 15-15
about 18-12 FINS IBC Transaction Adapter methods,
administration, performing 18-41 table of 15-14

2 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Index

FINS IBC Transport Manager, methods contacts, finding associated with a


and arguments 15-15 company 2-10
FINS virtual business components, table deleting records, caveat 2-14
of 15-18 to 15-19 records, modifying 2-14
HTTP connect string 15-16 screen example 2-4
Make Deposit button, making on an views, described 2-5 to 2-6
account applet 15-22 company
MQSeries connect string 15-17 address, changing 6-10
new virtual business component, bank customer, finding (teller
creating 15-19 drawers) 18-10 to 18-11
virtual business component, table of user name information, changing 6-11
properties 15-21 to 15-22 conditions
defining 11-9
C for products, setting 11-11
calculators, disclaimer about use 3-12, 6-7 configurators, information for 18-48
call center agent, financial accounts connect strings 15-17
business scenario 7-3 HTTP, developing rules 15-16
call lists MQSeries, developing rules 15-17
adding 9-6 to 9-7 contacts
tracking 4-3 See Also financial needs analysis;
Call Reports module, about 1-6 mortgage needs analysis; bank
cash containers. See bins customer
cash drawer administration views, accessing 3-8,
creating and setting default limits 18-39 3-28
to 18-40, 18-40 to 18-41 Applications view, accessing 8-5
teller, assigning 18-43 assets and liabilities, displaying 3-36
charts, access exception by type, business scenario 3-2
creating 13-6 company, finding associated with 2-10
checks Contact screen views, table of 3-4 to 3-6
cashing, recording 18-19 to 18-20 defined 3-2
check-cashing transaction record, displaying list of 3-36
keystroke to add 18-19 financial plan, creating 3-28 to 3-29
individual line items, recording 18-20 holdings, displaying 3-36
companies investment profile, displaying 3-36
See Also needs analysis literature distribution, adding contact
Applications view, accessing from 8-5 to 3-30
bank customer and related account, literature distribution, setting access
finding 2-10 to 2-12 level 3-30
bank customer, finding 2-10 to 2-12, loan amount, calculating 3-15
3-25 to 3-27 loan, calculating a comparison 3-15
business scenario 2-2 to 2-3 Marketing Administration Contacts
Companies screen, about using 2-2 views, table of 3-36
company information, adding 2-14 monthly payment calculation 3-16
company information, viewing 2-14 mortgage pre-qualification,
performing 3-13

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 3


Index

mortgage products, recommending 3-12 D


to 3-13 deposits
mortgages, calculating early payoff 3-14 deposits with cash back, making 18-17
My Personal Contacts view, difference to 18-18
between other views 3-10 new deposit less cash transaction,
refinance breakeven, calculating 3-17 keystrokes to add 18-17
retirement needs analysis, new deposit transaction record,
performing 3-32 to 3-34 keystrokes to add 18-16
screen example 3-3 recording 15-10
scripts, modifying needs analysis two different accounts, making 18-15 to
scripts 3-36 to 3-37 18-17
security interests, setting 3-31 designated contact, about Intro-6
tasks summary 3-7 documentation, additional Intro-5
transaction history, viewing 3-31 drawer settlement, performing 18-25 to
Corepoint. See WSBCC Teller 18-26
corporate relationship manager
financial accounts business scenario 7-2 E
CSSBCVIntegrationTransaction, FINS virtual eFinance. See Siebel eFinance
business components class 15-18 email literature, distributing using 4-5
customer employees
address and information, changing 6-11 adding and setting security 18-36
complaint, recording 6-12 branch, viewing employees associated
customer transactions with 18-37
deposits to two different accounts, events calendar
making 18-15 to 18-17 about 5-2
deposits with cash back, making 18-17 business scenario 5-2
to 18-18 event details, setting up 5-5
deposits, recording 18-13 to 18-15 events, filtering 5-5 to 5-6
drawer settlement, performing 18-25 to new event, setting up 5-4
18-26 screen example 5-3
funds between drawers, views available, table of 5-4
transferring 18-24 events tracking 4-3
new payment transaction record, exchange transaction, performing 18-24
keystrokes to add 18-20
over and short postings, F
processing 18-26
fees
payments, handling 18-20 to 18-21
defining 11-9
security bills, handling 18-29
for products, setting 11-10
statement copy, ordering 18-27
filtering events 5-5 to 5-6
stop payment, performing 18-28
Finance Administration screen, access
teller exchange transaction,
to 16-8
performing 18-24
finance call activity, adding 4-5
transaction hold, placing 18-22 to 18-23
financial accounts
withdrawal or cash a check,
recording 18-19 to 18-20

4 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Index

See Also financial accounts, FINS virtual business components, table


administrative tasks of 15-18 to 15-19
about 7-2 funds, transferring between drawers 18-24
asset account types 7-11
business scenario 7-2, 7-2 to 7-3 G
individual’s account, finding 7-8 guarantors, creating 8-13
screen example 7-3 to 7-4
tasks summary 7-8 H
trade, placing 7-9 History List button, returning to previous
views related to investments, table view 8-10
of 7-7 hold transaction, as compared to holdover
views, table of 7-5 to 7-6 schedule 18-45
Financial Accounts screen. See financial holdings
accounts; financial accounts, about 14-2
administrative tasks adding 14-6
financial accounts, administrative tasks business scenario 14-3
See Also financial accounts displaying by account 3-36
account categories and account types, finding 14-5
establishing 7-12 interests tracking, about 1-8
concepts, understanding 7-11 to 7-12 investor, listed by 10-8
financial account product type properties, screen example 14-4
setting 7-14 third party data, loading 14-6
financial accounts, adding 7-14 views available, table of 14-5
financial accounts, modifying 7-15 holdover
regions, about 7-15 schedule, as compared to transaction
regions, associating financial accounts hold 18-22
with 7-16 schedule, creating and assigning 18-45
regions, creating 7-15 to 7-16 host number 15-13
screen example 7-10 HTTP Connect String, developing connect
financial needs analysis string rules 15-16
application process, applying for a HTTP transport, sample connect
product 3-19 to 3-20, 3-21 to 3-22 string 15-16
contact’s financial needs analysis,
performing 3-18 I
recommendation, generating 3-19 IBM Corepoint Banking Solutions Posting
financial plan, creating 3-28 to 3-29 Engine. See WSBCC Teller
Financial Services Workflow User Interface IBM WebSphere, about 15-3
Utilities, about 10-2 IBM WSBCC, sample connect string 15-17
Find tool, contacts associated with installation, WSBCC Teller, installation
company 2-10 information 15-4
FINS IBC adapter methods, table of 15-14 Institutional Sales & Research module
FINS IBC Transaction adapter method about 1-8
arguments, table of 15-15 list, marking as private 16-5
FINS IBC Transaction adapter methods interests
table of 15-14 about 14-2

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 5


Index

adding 14-6 lists


business scenario 14-3 access exception, viewing associated
finding 14-5 with 13-7
screen example 14-4 access level, setting 13-9
securities information, importing 14-6 private lists, marking as 16-5 to 16-6
views available, table of 14-5 viewing 16-8
investments literature
financial accounts views related to, table about 12-2
of 7-7 access exception associated with,
profile by contact 3-36 viewing 13-7
viewing portfolio and mix access level, setting 13-8
administration 9-10 to 9-11 administrative tasks, setting literature
Investments view, note, using to select access level 12-6
products 3-19, 3-21, 3-33 business scenario 12-2
investors email, using to distribute 4-5
See Also holdings; interests screen example 12-3
about 10-2 views available, table of 12-4
adding 10-7 literature distribution
business scenario 10-2 contact, adding to 3-30
coverage team members, list of 10-8 contact, setting access level 3-30
holdings, list of 10-8 Literature screen
investor records, managing 10-7 description 1-4
organizational chart, displaying 10-7 views, table of 12-4
screen example 10-3 loans
transactions, displayed by investor 10-8 amount, calculating 3-15
views available, table of 10-4 to 10-5 comparison, calculating 3-15
extra repayment, recording 6-7
L lump sum payment, recording 6-8 to 6-9
liabilities, displaying 3-36 monthly payments, calculating 3-16
limits paying of 6-9
assigning and example 18-40, 18-41 refinance breakeven, calculating 3-17
creating 18-42
list management M
about 16-2 Make Deposit button, making on account
administrative tasks, viewing all contacts applet 15-22
associated with a list 16-8 Marketing Administration Contacts views,
administrative tasks, viewing lists 16-8 table of 3-36
business scenario 16-2 marketing administration service requests
list, marking as private 16-5 to 16-6 adding 6-14
screen example 16-3 modifying, submitting, assigning 6-14
views available, table of 16-4 to 16-5 marketing administration, Contacts
List Management Screen views, table screen 3-35
of 16-4 to 16-5

6 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Index

methods (WSBCC business services) O


transaction adapter 15-14 organization charts, investor organizational
transport manager 15-15 chart, displaying 10-7
Mortgage module, about 1-7 over postings, processing 18-26
mortgage needs analysis
performing 3-20 to 3-21 P
recommendations, generating 3-21 payments
mortgages extra repayments, recording 6-7
application information, table of handling 18-20 to 18-21
views 8-12 individual line item, recording 18-21
early payoff, calculating 3-14 loan, paying off 6-9
loan amount, calculating 3-15 lump sum payment, recording 6-8 to 6-9
loans, calculating a comparison 3-15 new payment transaction record,
pre-qualification, performing 3-13 keystrokes to add 18-20
products, recommending 3-12 to 3-13 port number 15-13
MQSeries connect string, developing portfolio, viewing mix administration 9-11
connect string rules 15-17 private lists
mutual funds, editing management marking list as 16-5 to 16-6
information 9-9 responsibilities to view 16-8
My Personal Contacts view, difference Product Holder, holding recommended
between other view 3-10 products, using Apply field 2-9, 3-19,
3-21, 3-33
N Product Score Administration view 11-2
Name field, if Type is not listed in product scores
picklist 7-16 questions and score for products,
needs analysis adding 11-8
creating 2-7 to 2-8 script problems, correcting 11-8
generating recommendation 2-8 products
modifying record 2-8 See Also products, administrative tasks
products, about setting up 11-5 Auto Application, about using to create
questions in scripts, adding or application 11-4
modifying 11-6 Auto Application, creating
recommended product, selecting using application 11-4 to 11-5
Apply field 2-9 business scenario 11-2
script errors, checking for 11-6 multiples, applying for 3-19, 3-22, 3-33
Needs Analysis and Applications module, note, applying for multiple products 2-9
about 1-6 screen example 11-3
Next button, using to complete views available 11-4
applications 8-8 to 8-9 Products screen
description 1-4
view 11-4

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 7


Index

products, administrative tasks company, generating recommendation


See Also products based on 2-8
application workflow, setting up 11-12 company, modifying record 2-8
conditions for products, setting 11-11 company, recommended product,
fees for products, setting 11-10 selecting using the Apply field 2-9
fees, rates, and conditions, defining 11-9 defined 2-7
needs analysis questions in scripts, retirement needs analysis
adding or modifying 11-6 contact, performing for 3-32
needs analysis, about setting up 11-5 contacts, generating
questions and scores for products, recommendations 3-33
adding 11-8 contacts, selecting a recommended
rates for products, setting 11-10 to 11-11 product using Apply field 3-33
script problems with a product score,
correcting 11-8 S
script, checking for errors 11-6 sales method
creating 8-18
Q sale stages, adding to 8-18
quick pay, monthly payment 6-10 scheduling and events calendar, about 1-8
Score applet fields, table of 11-8
R screens and descriptions, table of 1-3 to
rates 1-4
defining 11-9 scripts
for products, setting 11-10 to 11-11 contact’s refinance breakeven amount,
Rates list applet fields, table of 11-10 to using script to gather 3-13, 3-14,
11-11 3-15, 3-16, 3-17
recommendation, needs analysis, based errors, checking for 11-6
on 2-8 needs analysis questions, adding or
records modifying 11-6
access exception records, needs analysis scripts, modify 3-36 to
modifying 13-5 3-37
companies, modifying 2-14 script problems with a product score,
investor, managing 10-7 correcting 11-8
needs analysis, modifying record 2-8 securities
refinance breakeven, calculating 3-17 See Also securities, administrative tasks
regions, associating with financial about 9-2
accounts 7-15 to 7-16 business scenario 9-3
relationship managers, financial accounts call list, adding 9-6 to 9-7
business scenario 7-2 screen example 9-4
reports, running 18-32 trading 7-9
request methods 15-15 views, table of 9-5
request/response methods 15-15 Securities and Trade Services module,
Retirement Needs Analysis about 1-7
company, creating needs analysis securities interest, contact’s security
for 2-7 to 2-8 interest, setting 3-31
Securities screen views, table of 9-5

8 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Index

securities trades, placing 7-9 Institutional Sales and Research,


securities, administrative tasks about 1-8
See Also securities Mortgage, about 1-7
investment portfolio and mix Needs Analysis and Applications,
administration, viewing 9-10 to 9-11 about 1-6
mutual fund management, editing Securities and Trade Services, about 1-7
information 9-9 Siebel Emulator, sample connect
new stock entry, adding 9-9 string 15-17
portfolio mix administration, Siebel Financial Services Activities screen.
viewing 9-11 See activities
security bills, handling 18-29 Siebel Financial Services calculators
Service Request screen views, table of 6-4 disclaimer about use 3-12, 6-7
to 6-6 Siebel Financial Services Events Calendar
service requests screen. See events calendar
about 6-2 Siebel Financial Services List Management
business scenario 6-2 screen. See list management
company’s address, changing 6-10 Siebel Financial Services, new features in
company’s name information, this release Intro-3
changing 6-11 Siebel technical support Intro-6 to Intro-7
customer’s address/personal sign off, branch closing, table of system sign
information 6-11 offs 18-31
extra repayment, recording 6-7 site locator
loan, paying off 6-9 about 17-2
lump sum payments, recording 6-8 to administrative tasks 17-6
6-9 business scenario 17-2
marketing administration service screen example 17-3
requests, adding 6-14 site, locating 17-4
marketing administration service view 17-4
requests, modifying, submitting, Site Locator screen
assigning 6-14 description 1-4
new customer complaint, views 17-4
recording 6-12 sites
quick paying a monthly payment 6-10 adding 17-6
screen example 6-3 locating 17-4
views, table of 6-4 to 6-6 SmartScripts
short postings, processing 18-26 contact’s refinance breakeven amount,
Siebel and IBM Corepoint integration. See using script to gather 3-13, 3-14,
WSBCC Teller 3-15, 3-16, 3-17
Siebel eFinance errors, checking for 11-6
Business Relationship Management, needs analysis questions, adding or
about 1-5 modifying 11-6
Call Reports, about 1-6 needs analysis scripts, modifying 3-36
configurators, information for 18-48 to 3-37

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 9


Index

problems with a product score, customer is not a contact, starting session


correcting 11-8 when 3-24, 18-8
Stage field, values displayed in list 8-8 deposit transaction record, keystrokes to
Start Teller Session button add 18-16
tasks involving companies, using 2-11, deposits to two different accounts,
2-12 making 18-15 to 18-17
tasks involving contacts, using 3-24, deposits with cash back, making 18-17
3-25, 3-26, 3-27 to 18-18
tasks involving teller drawers, deposits, recording 18-13 to 18-15
using 18-8, 18-9, 18-10, 18-11, 18-14, deposits, recording as individual line
18-15, 18-17, 18-19, 18-20 items 18-15
statement, ordering copy 18-27 new deposit less cash transaction record,
stocks, new stock entry, adding 9-9 keystrokes to add 18-17
stop payment, performing 18-28 payments, handling 18-20 to 18-21
screen example 18-4
T screen, description 1-4
technical support Intro-6 to Intro-7 viewing 18-11
teller views available, table of 18-5
cash drawer, assigning 18-43 withdrawal or cash a check,
customer and related account, recording 18-19 to 18-20
finding 2-10 to 2-12 Teller Drawers screen views, table of 18-5
limits, about assigning 18-43 teller drawers, administrative tasks
limits, assigning 18-43 See Also teller drawers; teller drawers,
teller drawers tasks; bank manager, tasks involving
See Also teller drawers, tasks; teller drawer
drawers, administrative tasks; bank bin and batch administration,
manager, tasks involving drawer performing 18-41
about 18-3 branch, creating 18-34 to 18-35
bank customer and associated account, cash drawer, assigning teller to 18-43
about finding 18-7 daily branch activities, creating and
bank customer and associated account, assigning 18-47
finding individual 3-23 to 3-24, 18-8 drawer, creating and setting default
bins and batches, about 18-12 limits 18-39 to 18-40, 18-40 to 18-41
bins and batches, running a batch on a employee, adding and setting
bin 18-12 security 18-36
business scenario 18-4 employees, viewing employees associated
company’s bank customer and associated with branch 18-37
account, finding 3-25 to 3-27 holdover schedule, creating and
company’s bank customer and associated assigning 18-45
account, finding (companies) 2-10 teller limits, about assigning 18-43
to 2-12 teller limits, assigning 18-43
company’s bank customer and associated transaction override levels, about
account, finding (teller setting 18-45 to 18-46, 18-46
drawers) 18-10 to 18-11 transaction override levels,
setting 18-46

10 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3


Index

teller drawers, tasks V


See Also teller drawers; teller drawers, views
administrative tasks; bank manager Activities screen 4-3
tasks, involving drawer Companies screen 2-4
drawer settlement, performing 18-25 to displaying 2-4
18-26 virtual business components
funds between drawers, creating 15-19
transferring 18-24 custom solutions, creating 15-19
over and short postings, FINS virtual business components
processing 18-26 table 15-18 to 15-19
security bills, handling 18-29 user properties, table of 15-21 to 15-22
statement copy, ordering 18-27
stop payment, performing 18-28 W
teller exchange transaction, WebSphere. See WSBCC Teller
performing 18-24 withdrawals
transaction holds, placing 18-22 to individual line items, recording 18-20
18-23 new withdrawal transaction record,
teller transactions. See WSBCC Teller keystroke to add 18-19
trade, placing 7-9 recording 15-11, 18-19 to 18-20
trailing documents, creating or workflows, teller 15-5
modifying 8-11 to 8-12 WSBCC Teller
transaction See Also business service configuration;
details, viewing 15-10 WSBCC Teller, administrative tasks
hold transaction, as compared to about and relationship with IBM
holdover schedule 18-45 WebSphere 15-2 to 15-4
holds, placing 18-22 to 18-23 account and transaction details,
investor, displayed by 10-8 viewing 15-10
override levels, about setting 18-45 to account summaries, viewing 15-9
18-46, 18-46 business scenario 15-6
override levels, setting 18-46 deposit, recording 15-10
transaction adapter methods, table installation information 15-4
of 15-14 logging in 15-9
transaction history, viewing contact’s screen example 15-7
transaction history 3-31 views available, table of 15-8
transaction record withdrawals, recording 15-11
new deposit less cash transaction, workflow diagram 15-5
keystrokes to add 18-17 WSBCC Teller Screen views, table of 15-8
new deposit record, keystrokes to WSBCC Teller, administrative tasks
add 18-16 See Also WSBCC Teller
transport manager methods, table of 15-15 default login information for Auto Login,
trays adding 15-13
drawer with default limits, organization, adding or modifying
creating 18-39 to 18-40 views 15-12
tray or bin with default limits,
creating 18-40 to 18-41

Version 6.3 Siebel  Finance Guide 11


Index

12 Siebel  Finance Guide Version 6.3

Potrebbero piacerti anche